SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.  20549
     

FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
 
þ
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008
or
 
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from            to

Commission File Number 1-8036
     

WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania
23-1210010
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
   
101 Gordon Drive, PO Box 645,
Lionville, PA
19341-0645
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 610-594-2900

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $.25 per share
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes   þ No   o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes   o No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes   þ No   o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
þ
 
Accelerated filer
o
Non-accelerated filer
o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o No   þ

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2008 was approximately $1,403,459,343 based on the closing price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

As of January 31, 2009, there were 32,735,943 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding .

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Document
Parts Into Which Incorporated
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 5, 2009
Part III

 
1

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
PART  I
 
ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS                                                                                                                         
3
General                                                                                                                 
West Website                                                                                                                 
Business Segments                                                                                                                 
Pharmaceutical Systems Segment                                                                                                                 
Tech Group Segment                                                                                                                 
International                                                                                                                 
Raw Materials                                                                                                                 
Intellectual Property Rights                                                                                                                 
Seasonality                                                                                                                 
Working Capital                                                                                                                 
Marketing                                                                                                                 
Order Backlog                                                                                                                 
Competition                                                                                                                 
Research and Development Activities                                                                                                                 
Employees                                                                                                                 
3
3
3
4
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS                                                                                                                         
13
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES                                                                                                                         
14
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS                                                                                                                         
15
15
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY                                                                                                                         
15
   
PART II
 
17
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA                                                                                                                         
19
21
39
41
74
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES                                                                                                                         
74
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION                                                                                                                         
74
   
PART III
 
75
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION                                                                                                                         
75
75
76
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES                                                                                                                         
76
   
PART IV
 
77

2


PART I
 
ITEM 1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS.
 

General

West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. (which may be referred to as West , the Company , we , us or our ) is a manufacturer of components and systems for injectable drug delivery and plastic packaging and delivery system components for the healthcare and consumer products industries.  Our products include stoppers and seals for vials and components used in syringe, intravenous and blood collection systems.  Our customers include the world’s leading pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device producers.  The Company was incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on July 27, 1923.

All trademarks and registered trademarks used in this report are the property of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., unless noted otherwise. Exubera® is a registered trademark of Pfizer, Inc. Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Company. Crystal Zenith® is a registered trademark of Daikyo Seiko, Ltd.

West Website

West maintains a website at www.westpharma.com .  Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available on our website under the Investors – SEC Filings caption as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file the material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). These filings are also available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . You may also read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.  Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room.

Throughout this Form 10-K, we “incorporate by reference” certain information from parts of other documents filed with the SEC and from our Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (2009 Proxy Statement), which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our 2008 fiscal year.  Our 2009 Proxy Statement will be available on our website on or about March 31, 2009, under the caption Investors — Proxy Materials .

Information about our corporate governance, including our Corporate Governance Principles and Code of Business Conduct, as well as information about our Directors, Board Committees, Committee Charters, and instructions on how to contact the Board, is available on our website under the Investors — Corporate   Governance caption.  Information relating to the West Pharmaceutical Services Dividend Reinvestment Plan is also available on our website under the Investors — Dividend Reinvestment Program caption.  We will provide any of the foregoing information without charge upon written request to John R. Gailey III, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., 101 Gordon Drive, Lionville, Pennsylvania 19341.

Business Segments

We have two reportable segments: Pharmaceutical Systems and Tech Group.  Comparative segment revenues and related financial information for 2008, 2007 and 2006 are presented in a table contained in Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements, Segment Information , and are discussed within Results of Operations in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section of this 2008 Form 10-K. Intersegment sales are eliminated in consolidation.


Pharmaceutical Systems Segment

Our Pharmaceutical Systems segment designs, manufactures and sells a variety of packaging components and systems used in parenteral drug delivery for the pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and generic industries.  The primary components we manufacture are subject to regulatory oversight within our customers’ manufacturing facilities.  We have manufacturing facilities in North and South America, Europe and Asia Pacific, with affiliated companies in Mexico and Japan.  See Item 2, Properties ,   for additional information on our manufacturing sites.

Our Pharmaceutical Systems segment consists of two operating segments — Americas and Europe/Asia Pacific — which are aggregated for reporting purposes because they have similar economic characteristics, as well as similar products, manufacturing processes, customer objectives, distribution procedures and regulatory requirements.

Our Pharmaceutical Systems business is composed of the following product lines:

Pharmaceutical packaging

·  
Elastomeric stoppers and discs, which serve as primary closures for pharmaceutical vials.

·  
Secondary closures for pharmaceutical vials called Flip-Off® aluminum seals, consisting of an aluminum seal and removable plastic button, and in some applications, just an aluminum seal.

·  
Elastomeric plungers, needle shields and tip caps to fit most standard prefilled syringes and combination seals for dental cartridges and pen delivery systems.

·  
Pharmaceutical containers, closures and dispensers.

·  
Enhanced component processing: VeriSure™, Westar® RS (ready-to-sterilize) and Westar® RU (ready-to-use).

Disposable medical components

·  
Elastomeric components for blood collection systems and flashback bulbs, injection sites and sleeve stoppers for intravenous (IV) dispensing systems.

·  
Elastomer and co-molded elastomer/plastic components for infusion and IV systems.

·  
Non-filled syringe components.

·  
Dropper bulbs for applications such as eye, ear and nasal drops, diagnostic products and dispensing systems.
 
Safety and administration

·  
Sterile devices for the reconstitution, transfer and administration of drug products, including patented products such as the Mixject™, Mix2Vial™ and Vial Adapters.

Laboratory and other services

·  
Extractables and leachables testing, package/container testing, method development/validation, stability testing, process development and problem resolution.



Products and services recently brought to market are the Daikyo Crystal Zenith® luer lock syringe, Envision™ and the West Ready Pack™ system. The Daikyo Crystal Zenith syringe is the market’s first silicone-free, ready-to-use prefillable syringe that offers pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical companies a total system solution that can mitigate the risks associated with glass syringes. West’s Envision components (plungers and stoppers) are inspected by an automated vision inspection system to ensure they meet enhanced quality specifications for visible and subvisible particulate and contamination. The West Ready Pack system is a one-source solution ideal for pharmaceutical research and development and clinical work. Each system comes with West stoppers, Flip-Off seals and vials conveniently packaged in small volumes. Because the components are delivered ready-to-use, component preparation is eliminated from the customer’s processing, saving them time and money.

Our tamper-evident Flip-Off seals consist of a metal overseal and a molded plastic cap that is removed in order to permit needle access to the drug-vial contents.  These are sold in a wide range of sizes and colors to meet customers’ needs for product identification and differentiation. The seals can be provided using proprietary printing and embossing technology for multiple layers of protection, such as, point-of-use instructions, item-level information such as vial contents, drug dosage and strength, and cautionary statements that can serve as counterfeiting deterrence.

Elastomeric components are offered in a variety of standard and customer-specific configurations and formulations and are available with advanced barrier films and coatings to enhance their performance.  Our proprietary FluroTec® coating is a film that is applied using a patented molding process to reduce the risk of product loss by contamination, enhance seal integrity and protect the shelf life of packaged drugs. We also apply a Teflon® coating to the surface of stoppers and plungers to improve compatibility between the closure and the drug. B2-Coating is a coating applied to the surface of stoppers and plungers using a patented process that eliminates the need for conventional silicone application. It helps manufacturers reduce product rejections due to trace levels of silicone molecules found in non-coated packaged drug compounds. FluroTec and B2-Coating technologies are licensed from Daikyo Seiko, Ltd.

Our VeriSure components are an example of how laboratory services can be combined with a product offering. These components allow pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical companies to navigate the complex task of extractables identification and the related analysis for qualifying a drug product’s container/closure system more efficiently. The customer will receive a Certificate of Analysis with each shipment of components. Also, with a known extractables profile, customers can begin the design of leachables studies on a quicker basis, a process which our analytical laboratory services can support.

In addition, our post-manufacturing processes, Westar RS and Westar RU, are documented and fully validated procedures for washing and siliconizing stoppers and syringe components to remove biological materials and endotoxins. Westar RS prepares components for introduction into the customer’s sterilizer and Westar RU provides sterilized components. The Westar processes increase the overall efficiency of injectable drug production by outsourcing component processing, thereby eliminating steps otherwise required in each of our customers’ manufacturing processes, and assure compliance with the latest regulatory requirements for component preparation.

Medimop Medical Projects, Ltd. is a leader in the world market for transfer, mixing and administration systems for injectable pharmaceuticals. Many injectable drug products are produced as freeze-dried powders in order to preserve product efficacy during shipment and storage. These products must be reconstituted, typically by diluting the powder with sterile water or other diluent at the point of use.  All Medimop products marketed in the United States (U.S.) are cleared by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). In addition, many Medimop products are protected by patents.

As an adjunct to our Pharmaceutical Systems products, we offer contract analytical laboratory services for testing and evaluating primary drug packaging components and their compatibility with the contained drug formulation. West Analytical Services provides us and our customers with in-depth knowledge and analysis of the interaction and compatibility of drug products with elastomer, glass and plastic packaging components. Our analytical laboratories also provide specialized testing for complete drug delivery systems.



Tech Group Segment

Our Tech Group segment is a global custom injection molder with over 40 years of experience, offering contract manufacturing solutions for the healthcare and consumer industries. This segment has manufacturing operations in the U.S., Puerto Rico and Ireland.  See Item 2, Properties , for additional information on our manufacturing sites.

Our Tech Group segment consists of two operating segments — Americas and Europe — which are aggregated for reporting purposes because they have similar economic characteristics, as well as similar products, manufacturing processes, customer objectives, distribution procedures and regulatory requirements. The Tech Group is committed to producing the highest quality injection molded components and devices, which include unique components for surgical, ophthalmic, diagnostic and drug delivery systems, such as contact lens storage kits, pill dispensers and disposable blood collection systems, as well as various personal care and consumer products. The Tech Group’s record of success includes manufacturing and assembly of systems and devices used for nasal, oral, pulmonary and injectable delivery of drugs used to treat diseases affecting the lives of people around the world.

The Tech Group segment also has expertise in product design and development, including in-house mold design and construction, an engineering center for developmental and prototype tooling, process design and validation and high-speed automated assemblies.  Technologies include multi-component molding, in-mold labeling, ultrasonic welding and clean room molding and device assembly.

Our newest offering will be the ConfiDose® auto-injector system, a solution for enhancing patient compliance and safety. The needle remains shielded at all times and retracts automatically after the injection. The system eliminates preparation steps and automates the injection of drugs, providing patients with a sterile, single-use disposable system that can be readily used at home. The Tech Group segment will be responsible for manufacturing and assembling commercial quantities of this system.

In an effort to align our plant capacity and workforce with the revised business outlook, in December 2007, our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan for the Tech Group segment designed to reduce operating costs and increase the manufacturing efficiency of the segment. We incurred a total of $6.4 million in restructuring and related charges, as part of this plan, through December 31, 2008. We expect to incur additional amounts of no more than $1.0 million during the first half of 2009 as these restructuring activities are concluded. For additional details, see Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements, Restructuring and Other Items .

International

We have significant operations outside the U.S.  They are managed through the same business segments as our U.S. operations – Pharmaceutical Systems and Tech Group.  Sales outside of the U.S. account for approximately 54% of consolidated net sales. For a geographic breakdown of sales, see the table in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, Segment Information .

Although the general business processes are similar to the domestic business, international operations are exposed to additional risks.  These risks include currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, multiple tax jurisdictions and particularly in Latin and South America and Israel, political and social issues that could destabilize local markets and affect the demand for our products.

Depending on the direction of change relative to the U.S. dollar, foreign currency values can increase or decrease the reported dollar value of our net assets and results of operations.  See the discussion under the caption Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Foreign Currency Translation in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements.  Also see Note 3, Restructuring and Other Items .  We attempt to minimize some of our exposure to these exchange rate fluctuations through the use of forward exchange contracts and foreign currency denominated debt.  This activity is generally discussed in Note 1 under the caption Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Financial Instruments and in Note 15, Financial Instruments , to our consolidated financial statements in this 2008 Form 10-K.


Raw Materials
 
We use three basic raw materials in the manufacture of our products: elastomers, aluminum and plastic. Elastomers include both natural and synthetic materials. We have access to adequate supplies of these raw materials to meet our production needs through agreements with suppliers.
 
We employ a supply-chain management strategy in our reporting segments, which involves purchasing from integrated suppliers that control their own sources of supply. This strategy has reduced the number of our raw material suppliers. Due to regulatory control over our production processes, and the cost and time involved in qualifying suppliers, we rely on single-source suppliers for many critical raw materials. This strategy increases the risk that our supply lines may be interrupted in the event of a supplier production problem. These risks are managed, where possible, by selecting suppliers with multiple manufacturing sites, rigid quality control systems, surplus inventory levels and other methods of maintaining supply in case of an interruption in production, and therefore we foresee no significant availability problems in the near future.

Intellectual Property Rights
 
Patents and other proprietary rights are important to our business.  We own or license numerous patents and have patent applications pending in the U.S. and in other countries that relate to various aspects of our products.  In addition, key value-added and proprietary products and processes are licensed from our Japanese affiliate, Daikyo Seiko Ltd.  Our patents and other proprietary rights have been useful in establishing our market share and in the growth of our business, and are expected to continue to be of value in the future, as we continue to develop proprietary products.  Although important in the aggregate, we do not consider our business to be materially dependent on any individual patent.
 
We also rely heavily on trade secrets, manufacturing know-how and continuing technological innovations, as well as in-licensing opportunities, to maintain and further develop our competitive position, particularly in the area of formulation development and tooling design.

Seasonality
 
Although our Pharmaceutical Systems business is not inherently seasonal, sales and operating profit in the second half of the year are typically lower than the first half primarily due to scheduled plant shutdowns in conjunction with our customers’ production schedules and the year-end impact of holidays on production. During the shutdown periods, maintenance procedures are performed and vacations are taken by production employees.
 
Working Capital
 
We are required to carry significant amounts of inventory to meet customer requirements.  Other agreements also require us to purchase inventory in bulk orders, which increases inventory levels but decreases the risk of supply interruption.  Levels of inventory are also influenced by the seasonal patterns addressed above.  For a more detailed discussion of working capital, please see the discussion in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the caption Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resource s.
 
Marketing
 
Our Pharmaceutical Systems customers include practically every major branded pharmaceutical, generic and biopharmaceutical company in the world. Pharmaceutical Systems components and other products are sold to major pharmaceutical, biotechnology and hospital supply/medical device companies, which incorporate them into their products for distribution to the ultimate end-user.
 


With extensive experience in contract manufacturing, our Tech Group segment sells to many of the world’s largest medical device and pharmaceutical companies and to large customers in the personal care and food-and-beverage industries. Tech Group components generally are incorporated into our customers’ manufacturing lines for further processing or assembly. West’s products and services are distributed primarily through our own sales force and distribution network, with limited use of contract sales agents and regional distributors.
 
Our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 35.8% of our consolidated net sales in 2008, but not one of these customers individually accounted for more than 10% of net sales.

Order Backlog
 
At December 31, 2008, our order backlog was $230.1 million, most of which is expected to be filled during fiscal year 2009. The order backlog was $253.0 million at the end of 2007. The decrease is primarily due to foreign currency translation. In addition, our success in reducing lead times and improving on-time delivery performance has resulted in customer orders closer to the delivery date which decreases backlog.  Order backlog includes firm orders placed by customers for manufacture over a period of time according to their schedule or upon confirmation by the customer. We also have contractual arrangements with a number of our customers, and products covered by these contracts are included in our backlog only as orders are received.
 
Competition
 
We compete with several companies across our Pharmaceutical Systems product lines.  However, we believe that we supply a major portion of the U.S. market for pharmaceutical elastomer and metal packaging components and have a significant share of the European market for these components. Because of the special nature of our pharmaceutical packaging components and our long-standing participation in the market, competition is based primarily on product design and performance, although total cost is becoming increasingly important as pharmaceutical companies continue with aggressive cost-control programs across their entire operations.
 
We differentiate ourselves from our competition as a "full-service, value-added" global supplier that can provide pre-sale formula and engineering development, analytical services, regulatory expertise and post-manufacturing technologies, as well as after-sale technical support. Customers also appreciate the global scope of West’s manufacturing capability and our ability to produce many products at multiple sites.
 
Our Tech Group business is in very competitive markets for both healthcare and consumer products.  The competition varies from smaller regional companies to large global molders that command significant market shares. There are extreme cost pressures and many of our customers look off-shore to reduce cost.  We differentiate ourselves by leveraging our global capability and by employing new technologies such as high-speed automated assembly, insert-molding, multi-shot molding and expertise with multiple-piece closure systems. Because of the more demanding regulatory requirements in the medical device component area, there are a smaller number of other competitors, mostly large-scale companies.  We compete for this market on the basis of our reputation for quality and reliability in engineering and project management, diverse contract manufacturing capabilities and knowledge of and experience in complying with FDA requirements.
 
Research and Development Activities

We maintain our own research-scale production facilities and laboratories for developing new products and offer contract engineering design and development services to assist customers with new product development.
 


Our quality control, regulatory and laboratory testing capabilities are used to ensure compliance with applicable manufacturing and regulatory standards for primary and secondary pharmaceutical packaging components.  The engineering departments are responsible for product and tooling design and testing, and for the design and construction of processing equipment. The primary responsibility of our innovation group is seeking new opportunities in injectable packaging and delivery systems, most of which will be manufactured by our Tech Group segment and marketed by our Pharmaceutical Systems segment. Research and development spending will continue to increase as we pursue innovative strategic platforms in prefillable syringe, injectable container, advanced injection and safety and administration systems.
 
We spent $17.2 million in 2008, $14.0 million in 2007 and $8.7 million in 2006 on development and engineering for the Pharmaceutical Systems segment.  The Tech Group segment incurred research and development expenses of $1.5 million, $2.1 million, and $2.4 million in the years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Commercial development of our new products and services for medical and pharmaceutical applications commonly requires several years.  New products that we develop may require separate approval as medical devices, and products that are intended to be used in packaging and delivery of pharmaceutical products will be subject to both customer acceptance of our products and regulatory approval of the customer’s products following our development period.

Employees
 
As of December 31, 2008, we employed 6,300 people in our operations throughout the world.

 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS AND CAUTIONARY FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS.
 
The statements in this section describe major risks to our business and should be considered carefully. In addition, these statements constitute our cautionary statements under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

Our disclosure and analysis in this 2008 Form 10-K contains some forward-looking statements that are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions. We also provide forward-looking statements in other materials we release to the public as well as oral forward-looking statements. Such statements give our current expectations or forecasts of future events. They do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. We have attempted, wherever possible, to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “believe,” “plan,” “anticipate” and other words and terms of similar meaning. In particular, these include statements relating to future actions, business plans and prospects, new products, future performance or results of current or anticipated products, sales efforts, expenses, interest rates, foreign-exchange rates, economic effects, the outcome of contingencies, such as legal proceedings, and financial results.

Many of the factors that will determine our future results are beyond our ability to control or predict. Achievement of future results is subject to known or unknown risks or uncertainties, and therefore, actual results could differ materially from past results and those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statement. You should bear this in mind as you consider forward-looking statements.

We undertake no obligation to publicly update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. We also refer you to further disclosures we make on related subjects in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and 8-K reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission.



Our operating results may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic and market conditions.

As widely reported, financial markets in the U.S., Europe and Asia have been experiencing extreme disruption in recent months, including volatility in security prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, rating downgrades of certain investments and declining valuations of others. Our operating results in one or more geographic regions may also be affected by uncertain or changing economic conditions within that region. If global economic and market conditions, or economic conditions in the U.S., Europe or Asia remain uncertain or weaken further, we may experience material adverse impacts on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to credit risk on accounts receivable and certain prepayments made in the normal course of business. This risk is heightened during periods when economic conditions worsen.

A substantial majority of our outstanding trade receivables are not covered by collateral or credit insurance. In addition, we have made prepayments associated with insurance premiums and other advances in the normal course of business. While we have procedures to periodically monitor and limit exposure to credit risk on trade receivables and other current assets, there can be no assurance such procedures will effectively limit our credit risk and avoid losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

We are exposed to fluctuations in the market values and the risk of loss of our investment portfolio.

Our available cash and cash equivalents are held in bank deposits, money market funds and other short-term investments. We have funds in our operating accounts that are with third-party financial institutions. These balances in the U.S. may exceed the FDIC (Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation) insurance limits. While we monitor the cash balances in our operating accounts, and adjust the balances as appropriate, we could lose this cash or be unable to withdraw it in a timely manner if the underlying financial institutions fail. Although we have not recognized any material losses on our cash, cash equivalents and other cash investments, future declines in their market values or other unexpected losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

Our sales and profitability depend to a large extent on the sale of drug products delivered by injection. If the products developed by our customers in the future use another delivery system, our sales and profitability could suffer.

Our business depends to a substantial extent on customers' continued sales and development of products that are delivered by injection.  If our customers fail to continue to sell, develop and deploy new injectable products or we are unable to develop new products that assist in the delivery of drugs by alternative methods, our sales and profitability may suffer.

If we are unable to provide comparative value advantages, timely fulfillment of customer orders, or resist pricing pressure, we will have to reduce our prices, which may negatively impact our profit margins.

We compete with several companies across our major product lines. Because of the special nature of these products, competition is based primarily on product design and performance, although total cost is becoming increasingly important as pharmaceutical companies continue with aggressive cost control programs across their entire operations. Competitors often compete on the basis of price. We differentiate ourselves from our competition as a "full-service value-added" supplier that is able to provide pre-sale compatibility studies and other services and sophisticated post-sale technical support on a global basis. However, we face continued pricing pressure from our customers and competitors. If we are unable to resist or to offset the effects of continued pricing pressure through our value-added services, improved operating efficiencies and reduced expenditures, or if we have to reduce our prices, our sales and profitability may suffer.


If we are unable to expand our production capacity at our European and Asian facilities, there may be a delay in fulfilling or we may be unable to fulfill customer orders and this could potentially reduce our sales and our profitability may suffer.

We have significant indebtedness and debt service payments which could negatively impact our liquidity.

We owe substantial debts and have to commit significant cash flow to debt service requirements.  The level of our indebtedness, among other things, could:

·  
make it difficult for us to obtain any necessary future financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes;
 
·  
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to changes in, our business; and
 
·  
make our financial results and share value more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.
 
Our ability to meet our debt service obligations and to reduce our total indebtedness depends on the results of our product development efforts, our future operating performance, our ability to generate cash flow from the sale of our products and on general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors affecting our operations. Many of these factors are beyond our control and our future operating performance could be adversely affected by some or all of these factors.

If we incur new indebtedness in the future, the related risks that we now face could intensify. Whether we are able to make required payments on our outstanding indebtedness and satisfy any other future debt obligations will depend on our future operating performance and our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing.

We are subject to regulation by governments around the world, and if these regulations are not complied with, existing and future operations may be curtailed, and we could be subject to liability.

The design, development, manufacturing, marketing and labeling of certain of our products and our customers’ products that incorporate our products are subject to regulation by governmental authorities in the United States, Europe and other countries, including the FDA and the European Medicines Agency. The regulatory process can result in required modification or withdrawal of existing products and a substantial delay in the introduction of new products. Also, it is possible that regulatory approval may not be obtained for a new product. In addition, our analytical laboratories perform certain contract services for drug manufacturers and are subject to the FDA's current good manufacturing practices regulations. We must also register as a contract laboratory with the FDA and are subject to periodic inspections by the FDA. The Drug Enforcement Administration has licensed our contract analytical laboratories to handle and store controlled substances. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in actions that could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Our business may be adversely affected by changes in the regulation of drug products and devices.

An effect of the governmental regulation of our customers’ drug products, devices, and manufacturing processes is that compliance with regulations makes it costly and time consuming for customers to substitute or replace components and devices produced by one supplier with those from another.  In general terms, regulation of our customers’ products that incorporate our components and devices has increased over time.  However, if the applicable regulations were to be modified in a way that reduced the cost and time involved for customers to substitute one supplier’s components or devices for those made by another, it is likely that the competitive pressure on us would increase and adversely affect our sales and profitability.



Our business may be adversely affected by risks typically encountered in international operations.

We conduct business in most of the major pharmaceutical markets in the world. Sales outside the U.S. account for approximately 54% of consolidated net sales. Virtually all of these sales and related operating costs are denominated in the currency of the local country and translated into U.S. dollars, which can result in significant increases or decreases in the amount of those sales or earnings. The main currencies, to which we are exposed, besides the U.S. dollar, are the Euro, British Pound and Japanese Yen. The exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar in recent years have fluctuated significantly and may continue to do so in the future.  In addition to translation risks, we incur currency transaction gains or losses when we or one of our subsidiaries enters into a purchase or sales transaction in a currency other than that entity’s local currency.

International operations are also exposed to the following risks: transportation delays and interruptions; political and economic instability and disruptions; imposition of duties and tariffs; import and export controls; the risks of divergent business expectations or cultural incompatibility inherent in establishing and maintaining operations in foreign countries; difficulties in staffing and managing multi-national operations; labor strikes and/or disputes; and potentially adverse tax consequences. Limitations on our ability to enforce legal rights and remedies with third parties or our joint venture partners outside of the U.S. could also create exposure. In addition, we may not be able to operate in compliance with foreign laws and regulations, or comply with applicable customs, currency exchange control regulations, transfer pricing regulations or any other laws or regulations to which we may be subject, in the event that these laws or regulations change.

Any of these events could have an adverse effect on our international operations in the future by reducing the demand for our products, decreasing the prices at which we can sell our products or otherwise have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Raw material and energy prices have a significant impact on our profitability. If raw material and/or energy prices increase, and we cannot pass those price increases on to our customers, our profitability and financial condition may suffer.

We use three basic raw materials in the manufacture of our products: elastomers (which include synthetic and natural material), aluminum and plastic. In addition, our manufacturing facilities consume a wide variety of energy products to fuel, heat and cool our operations. Supply and demand factors, which are beyond our control, generally affect the price of our raw materials and utility costs. If we are unable to pass along increased raw material prices and energy costs to our customers, our profitability, and thus our financial condition, may be adversely affected. The prices of many of these raw materials and utilities are cyclical and volatile. For example, the prices of certain commodities, particularly petroleum-based raw materials, have in the recent past exhibited rapid changes, increasing the cost of synthetic elastomers and plastic.  While we generally attempt to pass along increased costs to our customers in the form of sales price increases, historically there has been a time delay between raw material and/or energy price increases and our ability to increase the prices of our products. In some circumstances, we may not be able to increase the prices of our products due to competitive pressure and other factors.

Disruptions in the supply of key raw materials and difficulties in the supplier qualification process, could adversely impact our operations.

We employ a supply chain management strategy in our reporting segments, which involves purchasing from integrated suppliers that control their own sources of supply. This strategy has reduced the number of raw material suppliers used by us. This increases the risk that our supply lines may be interrupted in the event of a supplier production problem or financial difficulties. If one of our suppliers is unable to supply materials needed for our products or our strategies for managing these risks is unsuccessful, we may be unable to complete the process of qualifying new replacement materials for some programs in time to meet future production needs. Prolonged disruptions in the supply of any of our key raw materials, difficulty completing qualification of new sources of supply, or in implementing the use of replacement materials or new sources of supply could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition or cash flows.



Our operations must comply with environmental statutes and regulations, and any failure to comply could result in extensive costs which would harm our business.

The manufacture of some of our products involves the use, transportation, storage and disposal of hazardous or toxic materials and is subject to various environmental protection and occupational health and safety laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate.  This has exposed us in the past, and could expose us in the future, to risks of accidental contamination and events of non-compliance with environmental laws.  Any such occurrences could result in regulatory enforcement or personal injury and property damage claims or could lead to a shutdown of some of our operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  We currently incur costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations and these costs may become more significant.

A loss of key personnel or highly skilled employees could disrupt our operations.

Our executive officers are critical to the management and direction of our businesses. Our future success depends, in large part, on our ability to retain these officers and other capable management personnel. With the exception of our chief executive officer, in general, we do not enter into employment agreements with our executive officers. We have entered into severance agreements with our officers that allow those officers to terminate their employment under particular circumstances, such as a change of control affecting our company. Although we believe that we will be able to attract and retain talented personnel and replace key personnel should the need arise, our inability to do so could disrupt the operations of the unit affected or our overall operations. In addition, because of the complex nature of many of our products and programs, we are generally dependent on an educated and highly skilled engineering staff and workforce. Our operations could be disrupted by a shortage of available skilled employees.

Difficulties experienced in the design or implementation of our new enterprise resource planning system may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are in the process of implementing SAP, an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, over a multi-year period for our North American operations. Phase one of this implementation was completed in April 2008 and included the replacement of our financial reporting, cash disbursement and order-to-cash systems. A second major phase of the SAP project, focusing on procurement and plant operations, commenced in October 2008 and will continue through 2009.

Our ERP system is critical to our ability to accurately and efficiently maintain our books and records, record transactions, provide critical information to our management and prepare our financial statements. We have invested, and will continue to invest, significant capital and human resources in the design and implementation of this system. Any disruptions or delays encountered during the implementation could adversely affect our ability to process and ship orders, provide services and customer support, bill and track customers, fulfill contractual obligations and file quarterly or annual reports with the SEC in a timely manner. The resulting disruptions to our business could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Even if we do not encounter these difficulties, the design and implementation of the new ERP system may be more costly than we had originally anticipated.


ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

As of the filing of this annual report on Form 10-K, there were no unresolved comments from the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission.



ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES.

Our corporate headquarters are located in a leased building at 101 Gordon Drive, Lionville, Pennsylvania.  This building also houses our North American sales and marketing, administrative support and customer service functions.

The following table summarizes production facilities by segment and geographic region. All facilities shown are owned except where otherwise noted.

Pharmaceutical Systems
 
Manufacturing:
Contract Analytical Laboratory:
North American Operations
North American Operations
United States
Clearwater, FL    (1)
Jersey Shore, PA
Kearney, NE
Kinston, NC
Lititz, PA
St. Petersburg, FL   
 
South American Operations
Brazil
Sao Paulo
 
European Operations
Denmark
Horsens
 
England
St. Austell
 
France
Le Nouvion
 
Germany
Eschweiler    (1)
Stolberg
 
Serbia
Kovin
 
Asia Pacific Operations
Singapore
Jurong
 
United States
Lionville, PA    (2)
Maumee, OH
 
Mold-and-Die Tool Shops:
North American Operations
United States
Upper Darby, PA    (2)
 
European Operations
England
Bodmin    (2)
 
Tech Group
Manufacturing:
North American Operations
United States
Frankfort, IN    (2)
Grand Rapids, MI
Montgomery, PA    (2)
Phoenix, AZ    (2)
Scottsdale, AZ    (2) (3)
Tempe, AZ    (2)
Williamsport, PA
 
Puerto Rico
Cayey
 
European Operations
Ireland
Dublin    (2) (3)
   

(1)   This manufacturing facility is also used for research and development activities.
(2)   This facility is leased in whole or in part.
(3)   This manufacturing facility is also used for mold and die production.

Our Pharmaceutical Systems segment also owns facilities located in Ra’anana, Israel and Athens, Texas used for research and development activities. Sales offices in various locations are leased under short-term arrangements.

Our manufacturing production facilities are well maintained and are operating generally on two or three shifts.  We are currently expanding production capacity at the following facilities: Eschweiler, Germany; Jurong, Singapore; Kovin, Serbia; Le Nouvion, France; Clearwater, Florida and Kinston, North Carolina.


As part of our effort to increase manufacturing capacity, we continue to move forward in establishing a manufacturing presence in the Peoples Republic of China. In the first quarter of 2008, we commenced ground-breaking activities for our new plastic production facility. We anticipate completion of construction and customer product validation activities for this plant by the end of 2009 and we continue to evaluate opportunities for constructing rubber manufacturing facilities in China and India.

ITEM 3 .   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS .
 
On February 2, 2006, we settled a lawsuit filed in connection with the January 2003 explosion and related fire at our Kinston, N.C. plant. Our monetary contribution was limited to the balance of our deductibles under applicable insurance policies, all of which has been previously recorded in our financial statements. We continue to be a party, but not a defendant, in a lawsuit brought by injured workers against a number of third-party suppliers to the Kinston plant. We believe exposure in that case is limited to amounts we and our workers’ compensation insurance carrier would otherwise be entitled to receive by way of subrogation from the plaintiffs.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
 
None.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

The executive officers of the Company are set forth in the following table:

Name
Age
Position
Joseph E. Abbott
56
Vice President and Corporate Controller
Michael A. Anderson
53
Vice President and Treasurer
Fabio de Sampaio Dorio Filho
45
President, Europe and Asia Pacific, Pharmaceutical Systems
Steven A. Ellers
58
President
William J. Federici
49
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John R. Gailey III
54
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Robert S. Hargesheimer
51
President, Tech Group
Richard D. Luzzi
57
Vice President, Human Resources
Donald A. McMillan
50
President, Americas, Pharmaceutical Systems
Donald E. Morel, Jr., Ph.D.
51
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Matthew T. Mullarkey
46
Chief Operating Officer

Joseph E. Abbott

Mr. Abbott joined us in 1997 as Director of Internal Audit.  He was promoted to Corporate Controller in 2000 and elected a Vice President in 2002.

Michael A. Anderson
 
Mr. Anderson joined us in 1992 as Director of Taxes. He held several positions in finance and business development before being elected Vice President and Treasurer in June 2001.

Fabio de Sampaio Dorio Filho
 
Mr. Dorio joined us in October 2008 as President, Designee, Europe and Asia Pacific, and assumed full regional operating duties and responsibilities on January 1, 2009 as President, Europe and Asia Pacific, Pharmaceutical Systems. Prior to his service at West, he served as Vice President and General Manager, Medical Surgical Europe, Middle East and Africa, of Becton Dickinson UK Limited, a manufacturer and distributor of a broad range of medical supplies, devices, laboratory equipment and diagnostic products.



Steven A. Ellers
 
Mr. Ellers joined us in 1983.  After holding numerous positions in operations, he was elected Executive Vice President in June 2000 and as President, Pharmaceutical Systems Division in June 2002.  He was elected President in June 2005 and has been our Chief Operating Officer from June 2005 through July 2008.

William J. Federici
 
Mr. Federici joined us in August 2003.  He was previously National Industry Director for Pharmaceuticals of KPMG LLP (accounting firm) from June 2002 until August 2003, and prior thereto, an audit partner with Arthur Andersen, LLP.

John R. Gailey III
 
Mr. Gailey joined us in 1991 as Corporate Counsel and Secretary.  He was elected General Counsel in 1994 and Vice President in 1995.

Robert S. Hargesheimer
 
Mr. Hargesheimer joined us in 1992.  He served in numerous operational and general managerial roles before being elected President of the Device Group in April 2003.  He was elected President of the Tech Group in October 2005.

Richard D. Luzzi
 
Mr. Luzzi joined us in June 2002 as Vice President, Human Resources.  Prior to his service at West, he served as Vice President Human Resources of GS Industries, a steel manufacturer.

Donald A. McMillan
 
Mr. McMillan joined us in May 1984.  He served in numerous operations, sales and sales-management and marketing positions prior to being elected President, North America, Pharmaceutical Systems Division in October 2005. He was elected President, Americas, Pharmaceutical Systems Division in July 2008.

Donald E. Morel, Jr., Ph.D.
 
Dr. Morel joined us in 1992. He has been Chairman of the Board of the Company since March 2003 and our Chief Executive Officer since April 2002.  He was our President from April 2002 to June 2006 and Chief Operating Officer from May 2001 to April 2002. He was Division President, Drug Delivery Systems from October 1999 to May 2001, and prior thereto, Group President.

Matthew T. Mullarkey

Mr. Mullarkey joined us in July 2008 as Chief Operating Officer. Prior to his service at West, he served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Impact Ceramics, LLC, an engineered materials business, and prior to that was Vice President, Global Operations, of Invacare Corporation, a manufacturer and distributor of home medical equipment and disposables.





PART II


ITEM 5 .   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The high and low prices for the stock for each calendar quarter in 2008 and 2007 and full year 2008 and 2007 were as follows:

   
First Quarter
   
Second Quarter
   
Third Quarter
   
Fourth Quarter
   
Year
 
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
2008
    45.47       36.96       48.92       43.04       52.00       42.26       49.60       29.52       52.00       29.52  
2007
    52.25       41.31       54.83       45.23       51.98       37.87       43.85       35.20       54.83       35.20  

As of January 31, 2009, we had 1,255 shareholders of record. There were also 2,765 holders of shares registered in nominee names.  Our common stock paid a quarterly dividend of $0.13 per share in each of the first three quarters of 2007; $0.14 per share in the fourth quarter of 2007 and each of the first three quarters of 2008; and $0.15 per share in the fourth quarter of 2008.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table shows information with respect to purchases of our common stock made during the three months ended December 31, 2008 by us or any of our “affiliated purchasers” as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act:

Period
 
Total number of shares purchased (1)(2)
   
Average price paid per share
   
Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs
   
Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs
 
October 1 – 31, 2008
    343     $ 42.13       -       -  
November 1 – 30, 2008
    758       37.49       -       -  
December 1 – 31, 2008
    6,292       37.72       -       -  
Total
    7,393     $ 37.90       -       -  

(1)       Includes 1,279 shares purchased on behalf of employees enrolled in the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Designated Officers (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2004).  Under the plan, Company match contributions are delivered to the plan’s investment administrator, who upon receipt, purchases shares in the open market and credits the shares to individual plan accounts.
 
(2)       Includes 6,114 shares of common stock acquired from employees who tendered already-owned shares to satisfy the exercise price on option exercises as part of our 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2007 Plan”).
 
Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total return to holders of the Company’s common stock with the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s SmallCap 600 Index and the Standard & Poor’s 600 Health Care Equipment & Supplies for the five years ended December 31, 2008. Cumulative total return to shareholders is measured by dividing total dividends (assuming dividend reinvestment) plus the per-share price change for the period by the share price at the beginning of the period. The Company’s cumulative shareholder return is based on an investment of $100 on December 31, 2003 and is compared to the cumulative total return of the SmallCap 600 Index and the 600 Health Care Equipment & Supplies over the period with a like amount invested.






ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA .
 
FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY
West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

(in millions, except per share data)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
                             
Net sales
  $ 1,051.1     $ 1,020.1     $ 913.3     $ 699.7     $ 541.6  
Operating profit
    124.1       94.9       101.0       73.4       49.4  
Income from continuing operations
    86.0       71.2       61.5       46.0       34.3  
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
    -       (0.5 )     5.6       0.4       (14.1 )
Net income
  $ 86.0     $ 70.7     $ 67.1     $ 46.4     $ 20.2  
Income per share from continuing operations:
                                       
Basic (1)
  $ 2.65     $ 2.18     $ 1.91     $ 1.48     $ 1.14  
Assuming dilution (2)
    2.50       2.06       1.83       1.41       1.11  
(Loss) income per share from discontinued operations:
                                       
Basic (1)
    -       (.02 )     .18       .01       (.47 )
Assuming dilution (2)
    -       (.01 )     .17       .01       (.46 )
Average common shares outstanding
    32.4       32.7       32.2       31.1       30.0  
Average shares assuming dilution
    36.1       36.2       33.6       32.5       30.8  
Dividends declared per common share
  $ 0.58     $ 0.54     $ 0.50     $ 0.46     $ 0.43  
YEAR-END FINANCIAL POSITION
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 87.2     $ 108.4     $ 47.1     $ 48.8     $ 68.8  
Working capital
    207.1       229.4       124.8       118.8       115.7  
Total assets
    1,168.7       1,185.6       918.2       833.5       657.8  
Total invested capital:
                                       
Total debt
    386.0       395.1       236.3       281.0       160.8  
Minority interests
    -       5.6       4.8       4.1       -  
Shareholders’ equity
    487.1       485.3       414.5       339.9       306.8  
Total invested capital
  $ 873.1     $ 886.0     $ 655.6     $ 625.0     $ 467.6  
PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS (3)
                                       
Gross margin (a)
    28.8 %     28.6 %     29.0 %     28.1 %     29.5 %
Operating profitability (b)
    11.8 %     9.3 %     11.1 %     10.5 %     9.1 %
Effective tax rate
    21.6 %     19.9 %     29.1 %     29.0 %     27.2 %
Return on invested capital (c)
    11.1 %     9.9 %     11.2 %     9.5 %     7.9 %
Net debt-to-total invested capital (d)
    38.0 %     36.9 %     31.1 %     40.3 %     23.1 %
Research and development expenses
  $ 18.7     $ 16.1     $ 11.1     $ 7.9     $ 6.8  
Operating cash flow
    135.0       129.2       139.4       85.6       81.0  
Stock price range
  $ 52.00-29.52     $ 54.83-35.20     $ 52.77-24.83     $ 29.99-18.58     $ 25.49-16.38  

(1) Based on average common shares outstanding.

(2) Based on average shares, assuming dilution.

(3) Performance measurements represent indicators commonly used in the financial community. They are not measures of financial performance under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

(a) Net sales minus cost of goods and services sold, including applicable depreciation and amortization, divided by net sales.
(b) Operating profit divided by net sales.
(c) Operating profit multiplied by one minus the effective tax rate divided by average total invested capital.
(d) Net debt (total debt less cash and cash equivalents) divided by total invested capital, net of cash and cash equivalents.



Factors affecting the comparability of the information reflected in the selected financial data:

§  
Income from continuing operations in 2008 includes a net pre-tax gain on contract settlement proceeds of $4.2 million, restructuring and related charges of $3.0 million and discrete income tax benefits of $3.5 million. Collectively, these items totaled to a $1.2 million pre-tax benefit ($4.3 million after tax).

§  
On December 29, 2008, we purchased the remaining 10% minority ownership in our Medimop subsidiary for $8.5 million, which resulted in a $5.4 million reduction to the minority interest balance.

§  
2007 income from continuing operations includes the impact of the restructuring charges at our Tech Group segment, an impairment loss on our Nektar contract intangible asset for the Exubera device and our provisions for Brazilian tax issues, totaling a $26.4 million pre-tax charge ($19.4 million, after tax). Our 2007 results also include the recognition of discrete tax benefits totaling $8.2 million.

§  
During 2007, we issued $161.5 million of convertible junior subordinated debentures carrying a 4% coupon rate and due on March 15, 2047, resulting in net cash proceeds of $156.3 million, after payment of underwriting and other costs of $5.2 million.  These debentures are convertible into our common stock at any time at an initial conversion price of $56.07 per share. We have and may use the proceeds for general corporate purposes, which include capital expenditures, working capital, possible acquisitions of other businesses, technologies or products, repaying debt, and repurchasing our common stock.

§  
2006 income from continuing operations includes a pre-tax loss on extinguishment of debt of $5.9 million ($4.1 million, net of tax) and a gain on a tax refund of $0.6 million.

§  
On December 31, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 158, “Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS 158”), which requires the recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as measured by the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation. The adoption of SFAS 158 resulted in a reduction of shareholder’s equity of $19.7 million ($32.0 million pre-tax, less a $12.3 million deferred tax benefit) at December 31, 2006.

§  
During 2005, we acquired the businesses of Monarch, TGI and Medimop. Our financial statements include the results of acquired businesses for periods subsequent to their acquisition date.

§  
2005 income from continuing operations includes incremental income tax expense of $1.5 million associated with the repatriation of foreign sourced income under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and a reduction in an estimate for restructuring costs which increased income from continuing operations by $1.3 million.

§  
On  January 1, 2005 we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard 123 “Share-Based Payment – Revised 2004” (“SFAS 123(R)”) which required the recognition of compensation expense connected with our stock option and employee stock purchase plan programs that did not require expense recognition in 2004 and prior periods under previous accounting standards. The application of SFAS 123 to the results of 2004 and 2003 would have resulted in additional net of tax costs of $1.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

§  
2004 income from continuing operations includes incremental manufacturing costs of $7.9 million (net of tax) in connection with the interim production processes that were put in place following the Kinston accident, along with Kinston related legal expenses of $1.2 million (net of tax); restructuring charges related to the closure of a U.K. manufacturing plant of $1.0 million; an affiliate real estate gain of $0.6 million; and $2.1 million of favorable tax adjustments resulting from a change in French tax law extending the life of net operating loss carryforwards, the use of U.S. foreign tax credits that were previously expected to expire unutilized and the favorable resolution of several prior year tax issues.


ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

Management’s discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes contained elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. (which may be referred to as West , the Company , we , us or our ) is a manufacturer of components and systems for injectable drug delivery and plastic packaging and delivery system components for the healthcare and consumer products industries. The vast majority of our business is conducted in healthcare markets. Our mission is to develop and apply proprietary technologies that improve the safety and effectiveness of therapeutic and diagnostic healthcare delivery systems. Our business is conducted through two segments - "Pharmaceutical Systems" and "Tech Group." Pharmaceutical Systems focuses on primary packaging and systems for injectable drug delivery, including stoppers and seals for vials, closures and other components used in syringe, intravenous and blood collection systems, prefillable syringe components, and safety and administration systems. The Tech Group offers custom contract-manufacturing solutions using plastic injection molding and manual and automated assembly processes targeted to the healthcare and consumer products industries. Our customer base includes the leading global producers and distributors of pharmaceuticals, biologics, medical devices and personal care products.

West has approximately 6,300 employees and generates more than half of its revenues outside of the U.S., including 44% in Europe and 10% collectively in South America, Asia, Australia and Israel. We have a global manufacturing footprint with production and distribution facilities in North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia and Australia. West has also formed global partnerships to share technologies and market products with companies in Japan and Mexico.

2008 Financial Performance Highlights

·  
Net sales were $1,051 million, an increase of $31 million compared to the prior year, principally resulting from improved pricing and favorable foreign currency exchange rates. Net sales grew despite regulatory and insurance reimbursement related constraints and the discontinuation of certain products, which resulted in lost sales of $63 million for both segments combined.
·  
Gross profit was $11 million higher than the prior year, and gross margin improved slightly to 28.8% due to improved productivity, partially offset by higher raw materials and energy costs, and the impact of the lost sales items which totaled $25 million.
·  
Operating profit was $29 million higher than the prior year, including certain items that are not indicative of ongoing operations. Included in 2008 operating profit was a net gain of $1 million resulting from contract settlement proceeds less costs incurred and the Tech Group restructuring and related costs. Operating profit in 2007 included charges totaling $26 million which were not allocated to our reporting segments. These items are addressed in more detail within the Results of Operations section below.
·  
Net income from continuing operations for 2008 was $86 million, or $2.50 per diluted share compared to $71 million, or $2.06 per diluted share, in the prior year.
·  
Our financial position remains very strong, with net cash flow from operations totaling $135 million in 2008, increasing 4.5% compared to the prior year.
·  
At December 31, 2008 our total debt was $386 million compared with $395 million in the prior year, and our net debt-to-total invested capital was 38.0%.



Recent Trends and Developments

Pharmaceutical Systems

The majority of our sales growth in recent years has been generated by the performance of Pharmaceutical Systems. Growth in 2008 was adversely affected by isolated regulatory and insurance reimbursement changes that decreased the demand for certain biotechnology customers’ products, our decision to cease production of a low-margin disposable medical product component, and customer inventory management initiatives in response to the recent global economic turmoil. Despite these issues, we were successful in replacing the lost sales and growing business through increased demand in certain global markets, resulting in sales of $792 million, an increase of 7% over the prior year. Pharmaceutical packaging components that include our post-manufacturing value-added processes, including Westar® washing and FluroTec® and B-2 coatings, continued to lead the demand for our products. Gross profit increased during the year to $266 million, although the gross margin percentage decreased slightly due to the lost sales issues described above and the increased raw material and energy costs experienced during the year.

Tech Group

Our Tech Group segment had a challenging year in 2008 as it was forced to respond to the loss of revenues associated with the Exubera inhalation device. In October 2007, Pfizer Inc. discontinued marketing Exubera, a pulmonary insulin product developed by our customer Nektar Therapeutics (“Nektar”) and licensed to Pfizer. In addition to the lost business associated with Exubera, Tech Group experienced decreased demand for an over-the-counter healthcare packaging product following a significant 2007 market launch. At the same time, we experienced stronger than expected demand for several other healthcare devices and consumer products. Tech Group 2008 net sales were $271 million, 6% lower than the prior year, including the impact of lost Exubera device sales of $33 million. Despite the drop in net sales, operating profit increased $6 million, or over 50%, as a result of gains in production efficiency and savings from restructuring and cost-cutting activities.

In December 2007, we announced a restructuring plan for our Tech Group which proactively addressed anticipated changes in customers’ marketing plans for certain products and aligned our plant capacity and workforce with the business outlook and longer-term strategy of focusing the business on proprietary products. As part of this plan, we implemented a series of restructuring initiatives during 2008 to reduce production and engineering operations, reduce administrative costs, and consolidate our tool shops into one location. During 2008 and 2007, we incurred restructuring costs totaling $3 million in each year, and we will incur additional costs, not expected to exceed $1 million, during the first half of 2009 as we complete this program. In the aggregate, expected costs of this program consist of $4 million in severance and benefits for approximately 326 employees, $2 million in asset-related charges, and $1 million for contract termination fees and other expenses. Estimated cost savings were approximately $5 million for 2008 and are expected to be approximately $6 to $7 million annually thereafter.

Business Outlook

Management’s operating priorities in 2009 will include a focus on generating organic growth, improving operating margins and continuing to invest in the future. Now that the Tech Group restructuring is substantially completed and we have implemented other cost-reduction efforts throughout the organization, we expect to realize incremental operating cost savings in 2009. We will continue to aggressively manage the costs under our control, and take advantage of targeted restructuring activities where necessary. Our business outlook remains positive for both segments; however, we expect that sales growth will be hampered by the current global economic conditions.



Pharmaceutical Systems

Our 2009 revenue projections reflect the strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro and certain other international currencies during the fourth quarter of 2008. After taking into account an anticipated unfavorable foreign exchange impact of 8%, we expect full year revenues for Pharmaceutical Systems to be marginally lower than those achieved in 2008. Growth, excluding the impact of currency, is expected to continue to be driven by demand for our enhanced product offerings including Westar® and advanced coated products, prefillable syringe components, and safety and administration systems. We believe that the long-term drivers remain strong and market dynamics support future growth with an aging population, advances in treatments for chronic illnesses, many of which involve biologic drugs, and a shift in the point-of-care from hospitals to specialty clinics and homes.

Given our positive growth outlook, we plan to continue funding the capital projects necessary to meet customer demand and to provide for improved results in our longer-term strategic plan. During 2008, we made significant strides in increasing our plant capacity in Germany, Serbia, France, Singapore and the U.S. We are also in the process of constructing a new facility in China, which will manufacture plastic components for disposable medical products, and we continue to evaluate opportunities for constructing rubber manufacturing facilities in China and India. We expect our 2009 capital spending to be approximately equal to the 2008 level, which will allow us to complete the ongoing expansion projects, fund innovation for promising new products, replace certain manufacturing and accounting information systems, and maintain our existing facilities.

Tech Group

We expect full year 2009 revenues to be lower than those in 2008 by 5% to 7%, after taking into account an expected unfavorable foreign exchange impact of approximately 3% and lower plastic resin costs which are passed through to the majority of our contract customers in the form of selling price adjustments. Excluding the negative impact of these two items, growth is expected to come from demand in healthcare devices and several new consumer product launches planned by our customers. Although Tech Group is projecting lower sales for 2009, we believe that the combination of a leaner cost structure, made possible by restructuring initiatives, and increased operating efficiency at our production facilities will provide for a consistent level of operating profit. On a longer-term basis, we believe that the Tech Group segment will benefit from our innovation initiatives in developing proprietary products incorporating new technologies and advanced injection systems. With the expansion of our Grand Rapids, Michigan plant now completed, the majority of our capital spending within the Tech Group will be focused on the support of new products and routine facility and equipment upgrades.

Research & Development (“R&D”) and Innovation

We expect 2009 R&D spending to surpass 2008 levels by approximately 25% as we continue to invest in advanced injectable packaging and delivery systems and safety and reconstitution products. We anticipate that a majority of our developmental medical devices will be manufactured by our Tech Group and marketed by Pharmaceutical Systems. We believe that our commitment to develop and apply proprietary technologies that improve the quality, safety and effectiveness of therapeutic and diagnostic healthcare delivery systems will result in continued long-term growth.



Global Economic Conditions

Current economic conditions in the U.S. and abroad are expected to have a moderate impact on the sales growth of our products, as customers search for ways to cut costs including rationalization of their inventories. In addition, we anticipate that changes in foreign currency exchange rates will have an unfavorable impact on consolidated sales of approximately 7% in 2009. After considering the unfavorable foreign currency impact, we expect consolidated sales to be between $1.01 billion and $1.03 billion, a reduction of 2% to 4% compared with those of 2008. Excluding the effects of changes in foreign currency translation, 2009 sales are expected to grow between 3.0% and 5.0%. Our financial projections for 2009 were prepared using a forecast of foreign currency exchange rates for our various non-U.S. subsidiaries. As such, continued volatility in key exchange rates during 2009 may result in significant differences in U.S. dollar results, affecting the accuracy of our sales and earnings projections.

In addition to the impact on sales, the slowing economy and adverse conditions in equity and debt markets contributed to a 25% decline in the value of our U.S. pension assets, compared to a long-term rate of return assumption of 8%. As a result of this and other changes in pension assumptions, we are expecting an incremental pension expense of approximately $10 million in 2009. Continued actual returns below our expected rate may also affect the amount and timing of future contributions to the plan. We have no ERISA (Employee Retirement Income Security Act) funding requirements in 2009; however, we have made a voluntary pension contribution of $10 million in January 2009.

The global reach of our business and the nature of our product portfolio that serves primarily non-discretionary pharmaceutical and medical applications are expected to limit the impact of temporary economic downturns. However, the world financial markets have recently experienced extreme disruption and global economic conditions have worsened. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the ongoing economic downturn will not have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Management’s discussion and analysis of our operating results for the three years ended December 31, 2008, and our financial position as of December 31, 2008, should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes appearing elsewhere in this report. Our financial statements include the results of acquired businesses for periods subsequent to their acquisition date. For the purpose of aiding the comparison of our year-to-year results, reference is made in management's discussion and analysis to results excluding the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates. Those re-measured period results are not in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and are considered “non-GAAP financial measures.” The non-GAAP financial measures are intended to explain or aid in the use of, not as a substitute for, the related GAAP financial measures.

Percentages in the following tables and throughout the Results of Operations section may reflect rounding adjustments.

NET SALES

The following table summarizes net sales by reportable segment:

   
Year Ended December 31,
   
% Change
 
($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
      08/07       07/06  
Pharmaceutical Systems
  $ 792.1     $ 741.8     $ 644.1       6.8 %     15.2 %
Tech Group
    270.5       289.2       279.2       (6.5 )%     3.6 %
Intersegment sales
    (11.5 )     (10.9 )     (10.0 )     -       -  
Total net sales
  $ 1,051.1     $ 1,020.1     $ 913.3       3.0 %     11.7 %



2008 compared to 2007
Consolidated 2008 net sales increased by $31.0 million, or 3.0%, over those achieved in the prior year. Favorable foreign currency translation accounted for the vast majority of the consolidated sales growth. Sales price increases contributed 2.3 percentage points to sales growth, as price increases including raw material surcharges were implemented in response to rising raw material and energy costs during the year. Substantially offsetting the impact of sales price increases were lower volumes and unfavorable mix resulting from regulatory and insurance reimbursement related constraints and the discontinuation of certain products, which resulted in lost sales within both reporting segments.

Pharmaceutical Systems - This segment contributed $50.3 million to the full year sales increase, including $26.2 million resulting from favorable foreign currency translation. Excluding currency translation effects, sales were $24.1 million, or 3.3%, above prior year levels. Price increases contributed approximately 2.3 percentage points of the sales increase over the prior year. Favorable sales volume and mix contributed 1.0 percentage point, despite the loss of the discrete pharmaceutical packaging and disposable medical components sales described below.

Sales of pharmaceutical packaging components were $45.0 million higher than the prior year due to increased sales of stoppers and seals used in a variety of customer products as well as favorable currency translation. These increases more than compensated for a $17.4 million decline in sales of a prefillable syringe component caused by regulatory and insurance reimbursement changes affecting the demand for certain customer products designed to treat anemia in cancer and other patients. Sales of disposable medical components were $13.2 million lower, as sales of other syringe components replaced a portion of the $13.6 million of 2007 sales of a low-margin blood collection system component that we ceased producing. Sales of safety and administration systems, and laboratory and other services were $18.5 million higher than the prior year, most of which was due to increased demand for our drug reconstitution products and higher tooling activity.

Tech Group - Full year sales were $18.7 million below 2007 levels, including $3.6 million of favorable foreign currency translation. Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, sales were $22.3 million, or 7.7%, below prior year levels. Price increases contributed 2.4 percentage points to sales, while increased consumer products sales volume offset a small portion of the lost Exubera device business.

Sales of healthcare devices decreased $17.1 million compared with the prior year. After considering the lost Exubera sales of $33 million, we experienced increased sales volume of other healthcare devices including medical filter products, self-injection pens, and intra-nasal drug delivery systems, partially offset by a drop-off in sales of packaging for a customer’s over-the-counter weight loss product following a June 2007 market launch. Sales of consumer products, tooling and other services decreased by $1.6 million due to lower demand for certain personal care products and tooling services, partially offset by increased volume of juice and dairy carton closures. Intersegment sales of $11.1 million and $10.5 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, were eliminated in consolidation.

2007 compared to 2006
Consolidated 2007 net sales increased by $106.8 million, or 11.7%, over those achieved in 2006. Foreign currency translation accounted for $41.4 million, or 4.5 percentage points, of the sales growth. Excluding foreign currency translation, 2007 net sales increased $65.4 million or 7.2% over the prior year.

Pharmaceutical Systems - The Pharmaceutical Systems segment contributed $97.7 million of the full year sales increase, including $37.8 million resulting from favorable foreign currency translation. Excluding foreign currency translation, Pharmaceutical Systems sales were $59.9 million, or 9.3%, above prior year levels. Price increases contributed approximately 2.5 percentage points of the sales increase over the prior year, with the remainder of the increase attributed to positive sales volume. Sales growth was strong in all geographical regions of the segment, driven by increased demand for serum stoppers used in vial packaging for vaccines, injectable treatments for chronic diseases, and increased demand for pre-filled injection system components.



Tech Group - Full year sales in 2007 were $10.0 million above prior year levels, $3.6 million of which resulted from foreign currency translation. Excluding foreign currency translation, Tech Group segment sales were $6.4 million, or 2.3%, above prior year levels. Price increases contributed approximately 0.8 percentage points of the sales increase in the Tech Group, with the remainder of the increase attributed to positive sales volume. The Tech Group sales increase included a $3.6 million increase in sales to Nektar of the Exubera device resulting from the timing of the product launch by Pfizer in the U.S. earlier in the year.  Tech Group sales also benefited from strong sales of weight loss product packaging, an intra-nasal delivery system and surgery devices, but these were largely offset by a $13.2 million decline in revenue from tooling and design projects. Intersegment sales of $10.5 million and $9.8 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively, were eliminated in consolidation.

GROSS PROFIT

The following table summarizes our gross profit and related gross margins by reportable segment:

   
Year Ended December 31,
   
% Change
 
($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
      08/07       07/06  
Pharmaceutical Systems:
                                 
Gross Profit
  $ 265.7     $ 256.3     $ 224.5       3.7 %     14.2 %
Gross Margin
    33.5 %     34.5 %     34.8 %                
                                         
Tech Group:
                                       
Gross Profit
  $ 36.9     $ 35.5     $ 40.3       3.9 %     (11.9 )%
Gross Margin
    13.7 %     12.3 %     14.4 %                
                                         
Consolidated gross profit
  $ 302.6     $ 291.8     $ 264.8       3.7 %     10.2 %
Consolidated gross margin
    28.8 %     28.6 %     29.0 %                

2008 compared to 2007
Consolidated gross profit increased by $10.8 million over 2007, including the favorable effect from foreign currency translation of $9.4 million. The gross margin percentage improved slightly despite the unfavorable impact on sales volume and mix caused by the loss of discrete business described in the Net Sales section above.

Pharmaceutical Systems - Gross margin for Pharmaceutical Systems declined by one percentage point versus the prior year. Approximately half of this decrease was due to unfavorable volume and mix resulting from the regulatory and insurance reimbursement issues affecting the demand for prefillable syringe components used in certain anemia products. The remaining decline resulted from increased depreciation expense and production cost increases, as the positive benefit of sales price increases offset a majority of the increased costs of raw materials, wage increases and utilities used to operate our production facilities.

Tech Group - Gross margins improved by 1.4 percentage points in comparison to prior year results. The improved gross margin performance was largely due to a significant reduction in plant overhead and improved production efficiency which contributed 3.4 percentage points. These gains resulted from our restructuring efforts and efficiencies from the completion of start-up activities at our expanded production facility in Michigan. Partially offsetting these increases by 1.5 percentage points was the impact of lower sales and unfavorable mix. Despite sales increases in consumer products and other healthcare devices, the loss of business associated with the Exubera device and the prior year weight loss product launch resulted in a decline in sales and negative impact on gross margin. During the year, the majority of raw material, energy and wage cost increases were passed on to customers in the form of increased selling prices.

2007 compared to 2006
Consolidated 2007 gross profit increased by $27.0 million over 2006, consisting of a $31.8 million increase in Pharmaceutical Systems segment gross profit and a $4.8 million decrease in Tech Group segment gross profit. Foreign currency translation accounted for $12.9 million of the increase in consolidated gross profit.


Pharmaceutical Systems - The gross margin within the Pharmaceutical Systems segment declined moderately compared to that achieved in 2006, primarily due to higher plant overhead costs including the addition of engineering and other staff in support of our expansion projects, increased manufacturing, supply and maintenance costs resulting from strained capacity levels at several facilities in Europe, and higher depreciation charges on machinery and equipment upgrades.

Tech Group - The Tech Group segment gross profit and gross margin declines primarily reflect $6.0 million of incremental costs associated with the relocation and start-up of our new facility in Michigan.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT (“R&D”) COSTS

The following table summarizes R&D costs by reportable segment:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Pharmaceutical Systems
  $ 17.2     $ 14.0     $ 8.7  
Tech Group
    1.5       2.1       2.4  
Total R&D costs
  $ 18.7     $ 16.1     $ 11.1  

R&D costs during 2008 were $2.6 million higher than those incurred in 2007, mostly due to three ongoing development projects in the Pharmaceutical Systems segment. The first is our development of prefillable syringe systems that will use Daikyo Seiko, Ltd. (“Daikyo”) Crystal Zenith® resin, a unique, transparent polymer that can be used to produce vials and syringe barrels. Daikyo, our 25% owned affiliate in Japan, is also our partner in a long-standing marketing and technology transfer agreement that enables West and Daikyo to develop products that help customers mitigate drug product development risks and enhance drug performance and patient safety. The other major projects include an advanced injection system using auto-injector technology, which was acquired during 2007, and a passive needle safety device.

The increase in 2007 over 2006 R&D costs reflected the formation of our innovation group which is responsible for seeking new opportunities in injectable packaging and delivery systems. Our development projects are a response to the market opportunities created by the convergence of primary drug packaging and delivery systems and include initiatives in traditional injection systems, components for pen system applications and auto injectors with cartridges.

SELLING, GENERAL and ADMINISTRATIVE (“SG&A”) COSTS

The following table summarizes SG&A costs by reportable segment including corporate and unallocated costs:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Pharmaceutical Systems SG&A costs
  $ 110.1     $ 98.3     $ 81.8  
Pharmaceutical Systems SG&A as a % of segment net sales
    13.9 %     13.3 %     12.7 %
                         
Tech Group SG&A costs
  $ 17.9     $ 22.0     $ 19.3  
Tech Group SG&A as a % of segment net sales
    6.6 %     7.6 %     6.9 %
                         
Corporate costs:
                       
General corporate costs
  $ 18.9     $ 21.0     $ 23.8  
Stock-based compensation expense
    6.4       5.1       14.5  
U.S. pension plan expense
    6.0       6.1       8.4  
Total SG&A costs
  $ 159.3     $ 152.5     $ 147.8  
Total SG&A as a % of total net sales
    15.2 %     14.9 %     16.2 %



2008 compared to 2007
Consolidated SG&A expenses were $6.8 million above those recorded in 2007, but only increased marginally as a percentage of total net sales. The impact of foreign currency translation accounted for $3.3 million of the increase.

In Pharmaceutical Systems, 2008 SG&A expenses increased by $11.8 million over the prior year. Foreign currency translation accounted for $3.1 million of the increase. Compensation costs were $4.4 million above those incurred in 2007 due to the impact of annual pay increases, and increased staffing of information technology support functions. Costs associated with our new information systems implementation, including depreciation expense and third-party consulting fees, accounted for $2.3 million of the increase. Various other increases including utilities and other corporate facilities costs contributed to the remaining increase in SG&A expense.

SG&A costs in the Tech Group were $4.1 million lower than the amount incurred in 2007. A net reduction in headcount associated with our restructuring efforts accounted for half of the reduction in SG&A. The remainder of the reduction was attributable to lower amortization expense, resulting from the 2007 Nektar contract intangible write-off, and a reduction in various third-party consulting services.

General corporate SG&A costs were $2.1 million favorable to 2007 levels. These costs include executive and director compensation and other corporate administrative and facilities expenses. The majority of the decrease is the result of lower facilities and administrative-related costs. Also included in corporate SG&A are any above or below-target performance adjustments for our worldwide cash bonus program. Annual cash bonus payments are made based on the achievement of sales, operating profit, earnings per share and cash flow targets, and certain qualitative performance milestones. 2008 cash-based bonus costs were slightly lower than those earned in the prior year based upon management’s achievement of targets.

Stock-based compensation costs for 2008 increased by $1.3 million due to the impact of changes in our stock price on the fair value of our stock-price indexed deferred compensation liabilities. During 2008, our stock price decreased $2.82 per share, closing at $37.77 per share on December 31, 2008, while during 2007 our stock price decreased $10.64 per share, closing at $40.59 per share on December 31, 2007. The costs of non-U.S. pension and other retirement benefits programs are reflected in the operating profit of the respective segment for all periods presented.

2007 compared to 2006
Consolidated SG&A expenses in 2007 were $4.7 million above those recorded in 2006. In the Pharmaceutical Systems segment, 2007 SG&A expenses increased by $16.5 million compared to the prior year.  Approximately $6.1 million of the increase was compensation related, including increased staffing of sales, strategic marketing and information systems functions, the impact of annual salary increases and higher incentive compensation program costs. Foreign currency translation accounted for $4.6 million of the 2007 to 2006 increase in Pharmaceutical System segment SG&A costs. Professional service and consulting costs related to the implementation of new information systems in the U.S. and sales commission charges were $4.1 million higher in 2007 than in 2006. The remaining $1.7 million increase in SG&A costs consisted mostly of higher software maintenance, computer related supply costs, and depreciation expense.

2007 SG&A costs in the Tech Group segment were $2.7 million above the prior year. Higher staffing levels in quality control, human resource and other functions together with annual salary increases accounted for $1.4 million of the growth. Sales commissions were $0.6 million higher than in 2006. Foreign currency translation, travel costs and bad debt expense contributed equally to the remaining $0.7 million increase.

General corporate SG&A costs were $2.8 million lower in 2007 than in 2006. Incentive compensation costs in 2007 were $2.9 million lower than the prior year, primarily due to the achievement of above target performance levels resulting in above target bonus payouts in 2006, compared to 2007 incentive compensation which was below target.


Stock-based compensation costs for 2007 decreased by $9.4 million when compared to those recorded in 2006, due primarily to a decrease in West stock-price indexed compensation costs, partially offset by higher stock option and employee stock purchase plan costs. Our stock price decreased $10.64 per share during 2007, closing at $40.59 per share on December 31, 2007. In 2006, our stock price increased $26.20 per share closing at $51.23 per share at December 31, 2006.

U.S. pension plan expenses in 2007 were $2.3 million lower than those incurred during 2006. The decrease largely resulted from a 2006 amendment to our qualified defined benefit pension plan in the U.S. Under the amended plan, benefits earned under the plan’s pension formulas were frozen as of December 31, 2006 and replaced with new cash-balance formulas resulting in a reduction of our projected benefit obligation.

RESTRUCTURING, IMPAIRMENT AND OTHER ITEMS

Other income and expense items, consisting of gains, losses or impairments of segment assets, foreign exchange transaction gains and losses, miscellaneous royalties and sundry transactions are generally recorded within the respective segment. Certain restructuring and other items considered outside the control of segment management are not allocated to our reporting segments. The following table summarizes our restructuring charges and other income and expense items for each of the three years ended December 31:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Pharmaceutical Systems
  $ 1.7     $ 2.1     $ 4.3  
Tech Group
    (0.3 )     (0.2 )     0.5  
Corporate
    0.3       -       -  
Unallocated charges (credits):
                       
Impairment charge, contract settlement and related gain, net
    (4.2 )     12.9       -  
Restructuring and related charges
    3.0       3.4       -  
Brazilian excise tax and other charges
    -       10.1       0.1  
Total unallocated charges (credits)
    (1.2 )     26.4       0.1  
Total restructuring, impairment and other charges
  $ 0.5     $ 28.3     $ 4.9  

The year-over-year reduction in other expense for Pharmaceutical Systems is attributable to net foreign exchange gains on intercompany and third-party transactions recognized during 2008. Other expense in 2006 included a $2.5 million impairment charge for productive assets and royalties stemming from a discontinued product. After taking this charge into consideration, the amounts recognized in 2007 and 2006 are fairly consistent. For Tech Group, the reduction in other expense in 2007 versus 2006 resulted from the recognition of income from 2007 government grants in Europe. The majority of Tech Group other expense in 2006 related to the sale or disposal of surplus equipment. The miscellaneous charges recorded in 2008 corporate expense represent foreign exchange transaction losses.

Impairment charge, contract settlement and related gain, net - In the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded a $12.9 million impairment charge representing our net book value in the Nektar contract intangible asset associated with the Exubera device. Under an agreement reached with Nektar in February 2008, we received full reimbursement for, among other things, severance related employee costs, equipment, purchased raw materials and components, leases and other facility costs associated with the shutdown of manufacturing operations related to this device. During 2008, we received payments from Nektar which more than offset the related costs incurred, resulting in a net gain of $4.2 million.

Restructuring and related charges - We incurred $3.0 million and $3.4 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, of restructuring and related charges as part of our 2007 plan to align the plant capacity and workforce of the Tech Group with the revised business outlook for that segment. We expect to incur additional amounts, not to exceed $1.0 million, during the first half of 2009 as these restructuring activities are concluded.



Brazil excise tax and other charges - During 2007, we increased our accruals for a series of social, excise and other tax contingencies in Brazil by $10.1 million. These charges followed a detailed review of several related tax cases pending in the Brazilian courts, which indicated that it was probable that our positions taken on previous tax returns, some of which date back to the late 1990’s, would not be sustained. This matter is currently awaiting final disposition in the Brazilian court system.

OPERATING PROFIT

Operating profit (loss) by reportable segment, corporate and other unallocated costs was as follows:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Pharmaceutical Systems
  $ 136.7     $ 141.9     $ 129.7  
Tech Group
    17.8       11.6       18.1  
Corporate and other unallocated costs:
                       
General corporate costs
    (19.2 )     (21.0 )     (23.9 )
Stock-based compensation costs
    (6.4 )     (5.1 )     (14.5 )
U.S. pension expenses
    (6.0 )     (6.1 )     (8.4 )
Other unallocated items
    1.2       (26.4 )     -  
Consolidated Operating Profit
  $ 124.1     $ 94.9     $ 101.0  

2008 compared to 2007
Pharmaceutical Systems operating profit was lower than prior year results by $5.2 million, including a foreign currency translation benefit of $5.5 million. The impact of higher sales and gross profit was more than offset by higher spending on information systems and research and development initiatives as we replace outdated management reporting systems and invest in innovative products for the future.

Tech Group operating profit was $6.2 million above that achieved in the prior year, including a foreign currency benefit of $0.3 million, largely due to savings resulting from the restructuring program initiated in late 2007, and production efficiencies coming from higher throughput at our newly expanded Michigan facility.

General corporate costs declined as a result of lower compensation costs under our annual performance-based bonus plan, and stock-based compensation costs increased due to the impact of changes in our stock price on deferred compensation obligations which are indexed to our stock price.

Other unallocated income for 2008 totaled $1.2 million, consisting of a $3.0 million restructuring charge and $4.2 million in proceeds less costs of transition activities at our former Exubera device production facility. Other unallocated expense for 2007 was $26.4 million including a $3.4 million restructuring charge, a $12.9 million impairment loss on our customer contract intangible for the Exubera device, and a $10.1 million provision for social, excise and other tax liabilities in Brazil.

2007 compared to 2006
Our 2007 consolidated operating profit decreased by $6.1 million from that achieved in 2006. Operating profit for 2007 included $26.4 million in unallocated costs as described above. The Pharmaceutical Systems segment’s 2007 results exceed those of the prior year by $12.2 million, benefiting from sales growth, a favorable product mix and the $7.6 million impact of foreign currency translation, which combined to more than offset other cost increases.

Tech Group segment operating profit was $6.5 million below that achieved in the prior year, largely due to costs incurred during the relocation and validation of a newly expanded production facility in Michigan.

General corporate, stock-based compensation and U.S. pension plan costs were all lower than those incurred in the prior year, with the significant decrease in stock-price indexed deferred compensation programs attributed to the decline in our stock price during 2007 compared to the strong increase in stock price experienced in 2006.


LOSS ON DEBT EXTINGUISHMENT

On February 27, 2006 we prepaid $100.0 million in senior notes carrying a 6.81% interest rate and a maturity date of April 8, 2009. Under the terms of the original note purchase agreement dated April 8, 1999, the prepayment of the notes entitled note holders to a “make whole” amount of $5.9 million in order to compensate them for interest rate differentials between the 6.81% yield on the notes and current market rates for the remaining term of the note. The prepayment was financed by issuing €81.5 million (approximately $100.0 million) of new senior unsecured notes at a weighted average interest rate of 4.34%, before costs.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET

The following table summarizes our net interest expense:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Interest expense
  $ 18.6     $ 16.4     $ 13.4  
Capitalized interest
    (2.6 )     (1.9 )     (0.7 )
Interest income
    (1.4 )     (6.0 )     (2.1 )
Interest expense, net
  $ 14.6     $ 8.5     $ 10.6  

2008 compared to 2007
Interest expense for 2008, before capitalized interest and interest income, was $2.2 million above that recorded in the prior year. The timing of our issuance of $161.5 million in convertible debt in March and April of 2007 accounted for $1.3 million of the year-to-date increase, as the notes were outstanding for the entire 2008 year compared to a partial year in 2007. The impact of changes in foreign exchange rates and bank commitment fees accounted for another $1.0 million of the increase. The decrease in interest income is also largely due to the timing of the convertible debt issuance, as a portion of the proceeds was invested in money market accounts and a strategic cash management fund in the first half of 2007, and then subsequently used in our stock buy-back program and in our capital expansion programs. In addition, interest income was reduced by other-than-temporary losses on our strategic cash management fund investment totaling $1.4 million in 2008. Capitalized interest increased as a result of our Pharmaceutical Systems capital expansion projects in Europe.

2007 compared to 2006
Our 2007 net interest expense was $2.1 million lower than that incurred in 2006 due largely to refinancing and investing activities and higher capitalized interest on our capital expansion projects in Europe and in Michigan. During 2007, we issued $161.5 million of convertible debt at a 4% fixed interest rate.  Interest expense on the convertible notes totaled $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The incremental interest expense from the convertible notes was partially offset in the comparison of the 2007 and 2006 periods by favorable rate and volume variances totaling $1.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, resulting from reduced borrowing levels on our revolving credit facility and our 2006 refinancing activities. Our 2007 interest income is $3.9 million favorable to that recorded in 2006. The additional interest income was generated from the investment of a substantial portion of the proceeds from our convertible debt offering.

INCOME TAXES

Our effective tax rate was 21.6% in 2008, 19.9% in 2007 and 29.1% in 2006.  The following factors impacted the comparability of the tax rate in 2008 versus 2007:
·  
A 2008 agreement with the Republic of Singapore reduced our income tax rate in that country for a period of 10 years, on a retroactive basis back to July 2007, resulting in a $1.0 million tax benefit.
·  
A 2008 United Kingdom tax law change effectively eliminated a portion of our capital allowance carryforwards, resulting in a $1.2 million increase in our tax provision.
·  
In 2008, we recognized a $3.4 million net tax provision benefit resulting from the expiration of open audit years in various tax jurisdictions, and $0.3 million in other discrete benefits including reversals of U.S. state valuation allowances and provision adjustments for returns filed in 2008.


·  
In 2007, we recognized a $3.2 million provision benefit related to tax credits originally generated and fully reserved in previous periods.
·  
In 2007, we recognized a $3.7 million provision benefit principally resulting from the revision of tax planning strategies and the completion of related documentation supporting prior year R&D credits, and a $1.3 million tax benefit due to the closure of certain U.S. federal and state tax audit years.

The impact of these items reduced our effective tax rate by 3.2 percentage points in 2008 and 9.5 percentage points in 2007. After considering these items, the remaining decrease in the 2008 effective tax rate was primarily due to a change in mix of earnings to jurisdictions where we are subject to lower tax rates and an increase in R&D tax benefits in the U.S. and Ireland.

In addition to the 2007 factors listed above, the following items impacted the comparability of the tax rate in 2007 versus 2006:
·  
2006 included a net $0.7 million favorable provision adjustment resulting from the closure of the 2002 U.S. federal tax audit year.
·  
In 2006, we recognized a $0.4 million provision benefit from a tax refund associated with the disposition of our former plastic molding facility in Puerto Rico.

The combined impact of these two items reduced our 2006 effective tax rate by 1.4 percentage points. After considering these items, the remaining decrease in the 2007 effective tax rate was primarily due to a change in mix of foreign versus U.S. earnings.


EQUITY IN NET INCOME OF AFFILIATES

Equity in net income from our 25% ownership interest in Daikyo in Japan and our 49% ownership interest in three companies in Mexico was $0.8 million, $2.5 million, and $1.9 million for the years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our 2008 equity income was $1.7 million lower than the prior year due to reduced earnings of Daikyo. The lower earnings were primarily the result of plant demolition and disposal costs, as well as incremental depreciation expense associated with a significant Crystal Zenith® capital expansion project and higher pension costs.

The increase in equity earnings in 2007 versus 2006 came from Daikyo, as their net income was $0.6 million above that recorded in 2006. Daikyo’s sales were 5% above prior year levels, their gross margins improved by three percentage points, and there were no unusual charges in 2007 unlike 2006 when a $0.7 million charge was incurred related to a decision by Daikyo to demolish an existing facility. These favorable items were partially offset by a loss on sale of an investment security.

Purchases from affiliates totaled $36.3 million in 2008, $31.3 million in 2007 and $24.1 million in 2006, the majority of which relate to a distributorship agreement with Daikyo which allows us to purchase and re-sell Daikyo products. Sales to affiliates were $1.7 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Net income from continuing operations in 2008 was $86.0 million, or $2.50 per diluted share. Our 2008 results included a net gain on contract settlement proceeds of $4.2 million, restructuring and related charges of $3.0 million, and discrete income tax benefits of $3.5 million. Collectively, these items totaled $1.2 million pre-tax ($4.3 million after tax, or $0.12 per diluted share).



Net income from continuing operations in 2007 was $71.2 million, or $2.06 per diluted share. Our 2007 results include the impact of restructuring charges, an impairment loss on our customer contract intangible asset with Nektar, and our provisions for Brazilian tax issues which collectively totaled $26.4 million pre-tax ($19.4 million after tax, or $0.54 per diluted share). Also included in 2007 results was the recognition of discrete tax benefits totaling $8.2 million, or $0.23 per diluted share. After considering the impact of these items, income from continuing operations in 2008 was slightly above the prior year amount.

2006 net income from continuing operations was $61.5 million, or $1.83 per diluted share. Our 2006 results included a $5.9 million pre-tax loss on debt extinguishment ($4.1 million after tax, or $0.12 per diluted share) and the favorable resolution of a claim for a tax refund associated with the disposition of our former plastic molding facility in Puerto Rico. This resulted in the recognition in income from continuing operations of $0.6 million, or $0.02 per diluted share, consisting of a $0.4 million tax benefit and related interest income, net of tax, of $0.2 million.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Our 2007 results included a $0.5 million provision for claims anticipated from the 2005 divestiture of our former drug delivery business.

Our 2006 income from discontinued operations was $5.6 million, or $0.17 per diluted share. As a result of a favorable outcome to our claim for tax benefits relating to the 2001 sale of our former contract manufacturing and packaging business, we received a tax refund resulting in the recognition of a $4.0 million tax benefit. The settlement of this claim also resulted in pre-tax interest income of $0.6 million ($0.4 million after taxes). We also recognized a $1.2 million favorable adjustment to tax accruals associated with our former Drug Delivery Systems segment primarily as a result of the closure of the 2002 U.S. federal tax audit year.

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash Flows

The following table and explanations provide cash flow data from continuing operations for the years ended December 31,

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 135.0     $ 129.2     $ 139.4  
Net cash used in investing activities
  $ (128.2 )   $ (155.9 )   $ (89.9 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
  $ (20.9 )   $ 84.6     $ (60.2 )

Cash Flows from Operating Activities - Our 2008 operating cash flows increased $5.8 million compared to the prior year, including $16.7 million in proceeds received from our contract settlement with Nektar, partially offset by related cash costs of $7.0 million. Our favorable cash flow from operating results and the impact of this contract settlement was reduced by the 2008 payment of income and other tax-related liabilities in Brazil totaling $12.7 million. Operating cash flows in 2007 also reflected unusually high payments related to tax issues in Brazil. During 2007, we paid $11.7 million to escrow representing judicial deposits for the benefit of the Brazil government to avoid further accretion of interest and penalties on tax-related liabilities. After considering these items, the 2008 cash flows from operating activities were slightly lower than 2007, as increased earnings in 2008 were offset by cash outflows for changes in working capital and other assets and liabilities.

Cash flow from operations in 2007 decreased $10.2 million versus 2006. Cash flow in 2007 was reduced by the $11.7 million payment to escrow for the benefit of the Brazil government. Our operating cash flow in 2006 included the impact of a $5.9 million “make-whole” payment incurred as part of the extinguishment of our former senior note agreement.



Cash Flows from Investing Activities – In 2008, cash flows used in investing activities were $27.7 million less, despite a $9.2 million increase in capital spending and the acquisition of the remaining minority ownership (10%) of the Medimop companies for $8.5 million. The majority of the year-over-year decrease resulted from $16.8 million in redemptions from the Columbia Strategic Cash Portfolio Fund, compared to $22.7 million in net purchases in 2007. Our investment in this enhanced money fund, which began an orderly liquidation in December 2007, is discussed in more detail in Note 14, Fair Value Measurements , to the consolidated financial statements. In 2007 compared to 2006, the majority of the increase in cash flows used in investing activities resulted from increased capital spending.

Capital spending in 2008 totaled $138.6 million, a $9.2 million increase over the prior year. Pharmaceutical Systems spending was $122.3 million, an increase of $14.2 million over the prior year. The increase is related to major projects to increase our manufacturing capacity, including the expansion of our rubber compounding capacity in Kinston, North Carolina, and ongoing plant expansion projects in Europe and Asia. A portion of the total spending increase pertains to information technology as we replaced our financial reporting, cash disbursements and order-to-cash systems in North America. The second phase of this project, focusing on procurement and plant operations, is currently in progress and is expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2009. Tech Group capital spending was $9.2 million, a decrease of $11.7 million compared to the prior year. Spending in 2007 was higher due to our Grand Rapids, Michigan plant expansion project. The remainder of the change relates to a $6.8 million decrease in the 2008 balance of accrued capital spending compared to the December 31, 2007 balance.

Capital spending in 2007 totaled $129.4 million, a $39.1 million increase over 2006. Pharmaceutical Systems added $108.1 million in capital, compared to $62.3 million in 2006. The increase was largely due to significant projects to expand the molding, production and tooling capacity at our existing facilities in Europe and Singapore. Our 2007 capital spending also included $9.9 million in connection with the construction of a new manufacturing facility in China, and $7.7 million for information system projects in North America. Tech Group 2007 capital spending was $20.9 million, compared to $26.7 million in 2006.  During 2007, we completed our plant relocation and expansion project in Michigan. Other 2007 investing cash flows included an acquisition of patents and other technology-related assets totaling $4.7 million.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities – In 2008, the majority of the year-over-year decrease in cash flows from financing activities resulted from the 2007 issuance of long-term debt, partially offset by stock repurchase activity. Cash flows used in financing activities for 2008 included $12.3 million in net repayment of borrowings under our revolving debt facility and $3.1 million in new issuances of short-term notes payable. We paid cash dividends totaling $18.6 million ($0.57 per share) during the current year, compared to $17.5 million and $15.9 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. We expect to continue our quarterly dividend program, subject to annual Board of Directors’ approval.

Cash flows provided by financing activities for 2007 included the issuance of $161.5 million of convertible junior subordinated debentures carrying a 4% coupon rate and due in March of 2047, resulting in net cash proceeds of $156.3 million, after payment of underwriting and other costs of $5.2 million. These net proceeds provided funds used in the reduction of revolving credit facility borrowings totaling $19.1 million. During 2007, we initiated and completed an open-market repurchase program under which we acquired 980,300 shares of common stock at total cost of $39.4 million ($40.23 per share).



Liquidity Measures

The table below displays key liquidity measures for West as of December 31,

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 87.2     $ 108.4     $ 47.1  
                         
Working capital
  $ 207.1     $ 229.4     $ 124.8  
                         
Current ratio
 
2.3 to 1
   
2.3 to 1
   
1.8 to 1
 
                         
Total debt
  $ 386.0     $ 395.1     $ 236.3  
                         
Net debt-to-total invested capital
    38.0 %     36.9 %     31.1 %

Short-term investments that have maturities of ninety days or less when purchased are considered cash equivalents. Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities. Current ratio is defined as the ratio of current assets to current liabilities. Net debt is defined as total debt less cash and cash equivalents, and total invested capital is defined as the sum of net debt, minority interests and shareholders' equity. The majority of the change in key liquidity measures in 2007 compared to 2006 resulted from the 2007 issuance of convertible debt, net of our share buyback activity in that year.

Included in other current assets and working capital at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 were $9.3 million and $10.5 million, respectively, held in escrow representing judicial deposits to the government of Brazil. The liability associated with these tax exposures was recorded in taxes other than income on the consolidated balance sheets and was also reflected as a component of working capital in the table above.

Based on our business outlook and our capital structure at the close of 2008, we believe that we have ample liquidity to fund our business needs, new product development, capital expansion, pension and other post-retirement benefits and to pay dividends. Our 2009 capital spending budget is set at approximately $140.0 million, a portion of which could be reduced at our discretion if global economic conditions worsen or our market outlook changes drastically.

We expect that our cash requirements for the foreseeable future will be met primarily through our cash flows from operations, cash and cash equivalents on hand, and amounts available under our $200.0 million multi-currency unsecured committed revolving credit agreement, which we generally use for working capital requirements. As of December 31, 2008, we had available $165.0 million of borrowing capacity under this facility, and we have not experienced any limit on our ability to access this source of funds. This facility expires in 2011, and market conditions at that time could affect the cost and terms of the replacement facility, as well as terms of other debt instruments we enter into from time to time.

Current Market Conditions

Current global economic conditions and instability in the financial markets have increased our exposure to the possible liquidity and default risks of our vendors, suppliers and other counterparties with which we conduct business. We expect that some of our customers and vendors may experience difficulty in obtaining the liquidity required to buy inventory or raw materials. We periodically monitor our customers’ and key vendors’ financial condition and assess their liquidity in order to mitigate our counterparty risks. If our key suppliers are unable to provide raw materials needed for our products, we may be unable to fulfill sales orders in a timely manner due to the rigorous qualification process. To date, we have not experienced any significant increase in customer collectibility risks, nor have we experienced increased supply risks due to vendor insolvency. We do not expect that recent global credit market conditions will have a significant impact on our liquidity; however, the world financial markets have recently experienced extreme disruption. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the ongoing economic downturn will not have a material adverse effect on our liquidity or capital resources.


Commitments and Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments at December 31, 2008. These obligations are not expected to have a material impact on liquidity.

   
Payments Due By Period
 
($ in millions)
 
Less than 1 year
   
1 to 3 years
   
3 to 5 years
   
More than 5 years
   
Total
 
Purchase obligations
  $ 12.6     $ 0.2     $ -     $ -     $ 12.8  
Notes payable and long-term debt
    3.9       30.2       79.2       272.7       386.0  
Interest on long-term debt and interest rate swaps (1)
    16.2       31.6       26.2       224.9       298.9  
Operating lease obligations
    11.2       18.6       11.3       20.2       61.3  
Pensions/other post-retirement obligations
    13.1       -       -       -       13.1  
Total contractual obligations
  $ 57.0     $ 80.6     $ 116.7     $ 517.8     $ 772.1  

(1)  
For fixed-rate long-term debt, interest was based on principal amounts and fixed coupon rates at year end. Future interest payments on variable-rate debt were calculated using principal amounts and the applicable ending interest rate at year end. Interest on fixed-rate derivative instruments was based on notional amounts and fixed interest rates contractually obligated at year end.

Reserves for uncertain tax positions - The table above does not include $7.9 million of the total unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions and approximately $1.0 million of associated accrued interest as of December 31, 2008. Due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of potential cash flows, we cannot reasonably estimate the settlement periods and amounts which may be paid.

Letters of credit - We have letters of credit totaling $5.1 million supporting the reimbursement of workers’ compensation and other claims paid on our behalf by insurance carriers and to guarantee equipment lease payments in Ireland and the payment of sales tax liabilities in the U.S. The accrual for insurance obligations was $5.2 million at December 31, 2008.

Purchase obligations – Our business creates a need to enter into various commitments with suppliers. In accordance with GAAP, these unconditional purchase obligations are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These purchase commitments do not exceed our projected requirements and are in the normal course of business.

Foreign currency contracts – We periodically enter into foreign currency contracts to reduce our exposure to variability in cash flows related to anticipated purchases of raw materials and other inventory denominated in non-functional currencies. We also enter into forward exchange contracts to mitigate exposure of non-functional currency asset and liability balances to changes in exchange rates. As of December 31, 2008, these hedges resulted in a combined liability at a fair value of $2.0 million, which is not reflected in the above table.

Pension/other post-retirement obligations – Our objective in funding the domestic tax-qualified pension plan is to accumulate funds sufficient to provide for all benefits and to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements of ERISA. Our annual funding decision also takes into account the extent to which the benefit obligation exceeds its corresponding funded status. Outside of the U.S., our objective is to fund the retirement costs over time within the limits of minimum requirements and allowable tax deductions. The table above reflects a voluntary contribution made in January 2009 to the U.S. qualified pension plan of $10.0 million. The amounts and timing of future company contributions to the defined benefit and other post-retirement pension plans are unknown because they are dependent on pension fund asset performance, as well as other factors. The non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement medical plans are generally not funded in advance.




OFF-BALANCE SHEET AGREEMENTS

At December 31, 2008, the Company had no off-balance sheet financing arrangements other than operating leases and unconditional purchase obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and outstanding letters of credit related to various insurance programs and leased equipment and sales tax liability guarantees as noted above.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Management’s discussion and analysis addresses consolidated financial statements that are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The application of these principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions, some of which are subjective and complex, that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. We believe the following accounting policies and estimates are critical to understanding and evaluating our results of operations and financial position:

REVENUE RECOGNITION:   The majority of our revenue is generated from our product manufacturing operations which convert rubber, metal, and plastic raw materials into parts used in closure systems and syringe components for use with injectable drugs and drug delivery devices.  Sales of manufactured components are recorded at the time title and risk of loss passes to the customer. Some customers receive pricing rebates upon attaining established sales volumes. Management records rebate costs when the sales occur based on its assessment of the likelihood that these volumes will be attained. We also establish product return liabilities for customer quality claims when such amounts are deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS: We review goodwill and other long-lived assets annually and whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment as part of the reporting unit to which it belongs. Our reporting units are the same as our operating segments, which we have determined to be the Americas and Europe/Asia Pacific divisions of the Pharmaceutical Systems segment and the Americas and Europe divisions of the Tech Group segment. For assets held and used in the business, management estimates the future cash flows to be derived from the related asset or business unit. When assets are held for sale, management determines fair value by estimating the anticipated proceeds to be received upon the sale of the asset, less disposition costs.  Changes in the estimate of fair value, including the estimate of future cash flows, could have a material impact on our future results of operations and financial position.

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS: The measurement of the annual cost and obligations under our defined benefit pension and postretirement medical plans is subject to a number of assumptions. SFAS 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions”, as amended by SFAS 158, requires companies to use an expected long-term rate of asset return assumption for computing current year pension expense. For U.S. plans, which account for 91% of global plan assets, the long-term rate of return assumption was 8.0% in 2008 and the prior two years. This assumption is reviewed annually and determined by the projected return for our target mix of plan assets (approximately 65% equity and 35% debt securities). Differences between the actual and expected returns are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently amortized into earnings as actuarial gains or losses. SFAS 87 also requires companies to discount future obligations back to today’s dollars using an appropriate discount rate. The discount rate selected is the single rate equivalent for a theoretical portfolio of high quality corporate bonds that produces a cash flow pattern equivalent to our plans’ projected benefit payments. An increase in the discount rate decreases the pension benefit obligation. This decrease is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently amortized into earnings as an actuarial gain.

Changes in key assumptions, including the market performance of plan assets and other actuarial assumptions, could have a material impact on our future results of operations and financial position. We estimate that every 25 basis point reduction in the long-term rate of return assumption would increase pension expense by $0.3 million, and a 25 basis point reduction in the discount rate would increase pension expense by $0.5 million.


The discount rate used in determining the U.S. pension plans’ benefit obligation at December 31, 2008 increased 25 basis points to 6.50%, to reflect market conditions at that time. As of December 31, 2008, pre-tax actuarial losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to pension and other retirement benefits were $96.6 million, including a current year actuarial loss of $52.2 million, which was the result of poor investment performance. We estimate that the impact of these actuarial losses will increase our 2009 pension expense by approximately $10 million compared with the current year.

On December 31, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 158, “Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)”. SFAS 158 requires the recognition of an asset or liability for the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as measured by the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation. For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other postretirement plan, such as a retiree health plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.

Due to poor investment performance during 2008, our funded status has been negatively impacted as the value of our plan assets has declined significantly. Partially offsetting this was an increase in our weighted average discount rate, which lowered our pension plan liability. Based on full year negative plan asset returns as of December 31, 2008 and a weighted average discount rate of 6.46%, we were required to recognize a net pension underfunded balance of $73.0 million compared to $14.8 million at December 31, 2007, and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income of $34.9 million after-tax. Our underfunded balance for other postretirement benefits was $15.0 million and $14.1 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

INCOME TAXES:   We estimate income taxes payable based upon current domestic and international tax legislation. In addition, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are established to recognize differences between the tax basis and financial statement carrying values of assets and liabilities. We maintain valuation allowances where it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The recoverability of tax assets is subject to our estimates of future profitability, generally at the respective subsidiary company and country level. Changes in tax legislation, business plans and other factors may affect the ultimate recoverability of tax assets or final tax payments, which could result in adjustments to tax expense in the period such change is determined.

On January 1, 2007, we adopted FIN 48.  This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements. FIN 48 prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The adoption of FIN 48 resulted in the recognition of net tax assets that met the more-likely-than-not threshold of $21.6 million and was reflected as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings for 2007.

Please refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , and Note 18, New Accounting Standards , of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included within Item 8 of this report for additional information on accounting and reporting standards considered in the preparation and presentation of our financial statements.



ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK.

We are exposed to various market risk factors such as fluctuating interest rates and foreign currency rate fluctuations. These risk factors can impact results of operations, cash flows and financial position. From time to time, we manage these risks using derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps and forward exchange contracts.  Derivatives used by us are highly effective as all of the critical terms of the derivative instruments match the hedged item. Effectiveness is measured on a quarterly basis.  In accordance with Company policy, derivative financial instruments are not used for speculation or trading purposes. All debt securities and derivative instruments are considered non-trading.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We have subsidiaries outside the U.S. accounting for approximately 54% of consolidated net sales. Virtually all of these sales and related operating costs are denominated in the currency of the local country and translated into U.S. dollars. Although the majority of the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are in the local currency of the subsidiary, they may also hold assets or liabilities not denominated in their local currency. These items may give rise to foreign currency transaction gains and losses. As a result, our results of operations and financial position are exposed to changing exchange rates. We periodically use forward contracts to hedge certain transactions or to neutralize month-end balance sheet exposures on cross-currency intercompany loans.

We have entered into a series of foreign currency hedge contracts which are designed to eliminate the currency risk associated with forecasted U.S. dollar (USD) denominated inventory purchases made by certain European subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2008, there were eleven monthly contracts outstanding at $0.9 million each, for an aggregate notional amount of $9.9 million. The fair value of these contracts at December 31, 2008 was $0.5 million and was recorded within other current liabilities. The last contract matures on December 15, 2009. The contracts effectively fix the Euro to USD exchange rate for 40% of our anticipated needs at a maximum of 1.2800 USD per Euro while allowing us to benefit from any currency movement between 1.2800 and 1.4620 USD per Euro. As of December 31, 2008, the Euro was equal to 1.4094 USD.

In addition to these contracts, we have other forward exchange contracts hedging various obligations for a fair value of $1.5 million at December 31, 2008.

We have designated our €81.5 million Euro-denominated notes as a hedge of our investment in the net assets of our European operations. A cumulative foreign currency translation loss of $9.1 million (net of tax of $5.7 million) on the €81.5 million debt is recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2008. We also have a 2.7 billion Yen-denominated note payable which has been designated as a hedge of our investment in a Japanese affiliate.  At December 31, 2008, a foreign currency translation loss on the Yen-denominated debt of $4.4 million (net of tax of $2.7 million) is included within accumulated other comprehensive income.

Interest Rate Risk

As a result of our normal borrowing activities, we are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates which we manage primarily through our financing activities. We have long-term debt with both fixed and variable interest rates. Long-term debt consists of senior notes, convertible debentures, revolving credit facilities and capital lease obligations.  Portions of long-term debt which are payable during 2009 are classified as short-term liabilities as of December 31, 2008.



The following table summarizes our interest rate risk-sensitive instruments:

($ in millions)
 
2009
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
   
2013
   
Thereafter
   
Carrying Value
   
Fair Value
 
Current Debt and Capital Leases:
                                               
U.S. dollar denominated
  $ 3.5     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 3.5     $ 3.5  
Average interest rate – fixed
    2.4 %     -       -       -       -       -                  
Euro denominated
  $ 0.4       -       -       -       -       -     $ 0.4     $ 0.4  
Average interest rate – fixed
    5.4 %     -       -       -       -       -                  
                                                                 
Long-Term Debt and Capital Leases:
                                                               
U.S. dollar denominated  (1)
    -       -       -     $ 50.0       -     $ 25.0     $ 75.0     $ 62.1  
Average interest rate – variable
    -       -       -       4.3 %     -       4.4 %                
U.S. dollar denominated
    -       -       -       -       -     $ 161.5     $ 161.5     $ 118.5  
Average interest rate – fixed
    -       -       -       -       -       4.0 %                
Euro denominated
    -       -     $ 0.3     $ 0.5     $ 28.7     $ 86.2     $ 115.7     $ 105.9  
Average interest rate – fixed
    -       -       5.5 %     5.3 %     4.2 %     4.4 %                
Yen denominated
    -       -     $ 29.9       -       -       -     $ 29.9     $ 28.6  
Average interest rate – variable
    -       -       1.7 %     -       -       -                  

(1) As of December 31, 2008, we have two interest rate swap agreements outstanding which are designed to protect against volatility in variable interest rates payable on a $50.0 million note maturing on July 28, 2012 (“Series A Note”) and a $25.0 million note maturing July 28, 2015 (“Series B Note”).  The first interest-rate swap agreement has a notional amount of $50.0 million and corresponds to the maturity date of the Series A Note and the second interest rate swap agreement has a notional amount of $25.0 million and corresponds with the maturity date of the Series B Note.  Under each of the swap agreements we will receive variable interest rate payments based on three-month LIBOR in return for making quarterly fixed payments. Including the applicable margin, the interest-rate swap agreements effectively fix the interest rates payable on Series A and B notes payable at 5.32% and 5.51%, respectively.  At December 31, 2008, the interest rate-swap agreements had a fair value of $8.2 million, unfavorable to the Company, and are recorded as a noncurrent liability.



ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in millions, except per share data)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Net sales
  $ 1,051.1     $ 1,020.1     $ 913.3  
Cost of goods and services sold
    748.5       728.3       648.5  
Gross profit
    302.6       291.8       264.8  
Research and development
    18.7       16.1       11.1  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    159.3       152.5       147.8  
Restructuring and other items
    0.5       28.3       4.9  
Operating profit
    124.1       94.9       101.0  
Loss on debt extinguishment
    -       -       5.9  
Interest expense
    16.0       14.5       12.7  
Interest income
    (1.4 )     (6.0 )     (2.1 )
Income before income taxes and minority interests
    109.5       86.4       84.5  
Income tax expense
    23.7       17.2       24.6  
Minority interests
    0.6       0.5       0.3  
Income from consolidated operations
    85.2       68.7       59.6  
Equity in net income of affiliated companies
    0.8       2.5       1.9  
Income from continuing operations
    86.0       71.2       61.5  
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       (0.5 )     5.6  
Net income
  $ 86.0     $ 70.7     $ 67.1  
Net income per share:
                       
Basic:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 2.65     $ 2.18     $ 1.91  
Discontinued operations
    -       (0.02 )     .18  
    $ 2.65     $ 2.16     $ 2.09  
Assuming dilution:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 2.50     $ 2.06     $ 1.83  
Discontinued operations
    -       (0.01 )     .17  
    $ 2.50     $ 2.05     $ 2.00  
Average common shares outstanding
    32.4       32.7       32.2  
Average shares assuming dilution
    36.1       36.2       33.6  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006


(in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Net income
  $ 86.0     $ 70.7     $ 67.1  
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax (tax amounts shown below for 2008, 2007, 2006, respectively):
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    (37.5 )     19.9       20.5  
Minimum pension liability adjustments
    -       -       (0.1 )
Defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans:
                       
Prior service cost arising during period, net of tax of $0, $(0.7) and $0
    -       (1.2 )     -  
Net actuarial (loss) gain arising during period, net of tax of $(21.6), $3.4 and $0
    (34.9 )     6.4       -  
Less: amortization of actuarial loss, net of tax of $0.6, $1.0 and $0
    1.0       1.6       -  
Less: amortization of prior service credit included in net periodic benefit cost, net of tax of $(0.4), $(0.4) and $0
    (0.6 )     (0.7 )     -  
Less: amortization of transition obligation included in net periodic benefit cost
    0.1       0.1       -  
Net unrealized (losses) gains on securities of affiliates, net of tax of $(1.6), $(0.4) and $0.4
    (2.2 )     (0.6 )     0.6  
Net unrealized (losses) gains on derivatives, net of tax of $(2.8), $(1.3) and $0.3
    (4.4 )     (2.1 )     0.4  
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
    (78.5 )     23.4       21.4  
Comprehensive income
  $ 7.5     $ 94.1     $ 88.5  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.




CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007

(in millions, except per share data)
 
2008
   
2007
 
ASSETS
           
Current assets:
           
Cash, including cash equivalents
  $ 87.2     $ 108.4  
Accounts receivable, net
    128.6       136.1  
Inventories
    115.7       111.8  
Short-term investments
    4.3       21.0  
Deferred income taxes
    5.1       5.3  
Other current assets
    25.3       29.7  
Total current assets
    366.2       412.3  
Property, plant and equipment
    965.0       897.7  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    434.0       416.0  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    531.0       481.7  
Investments in affiliated companies
    33.6       31.7  
Goodwill
    105.3       109.2  
Pension asset
    -       13.0  
Deferred income taxes
    63.7       61.0  
Intangible assets, net
    50.0       55.0  
Other assets
    18.9       21.7  
Total Assets
  $ 1,168.7     $ 1,185.6  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current liabilities:
               
Notes payable and other current debt
  $ 3.9     $ 0.5  
Accounts payable
    67.6       80.4  
Pension and other postretirement benefits
    2.0       1.8  
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
    42.3       38.1  
Income taxes payable
    2.7       9.8  
Taxes other than income
    7.0       17.7  
Deferred income taxes
    0.9       2.5  
Other current liabilities
    32.7       32.1  
Total current liabilities
    159.1       182.9  
Long-term debt
    382.1       394.6  
Deferred income taxes
    20.4       46.6  
Pension and other postretirement benefits
    86.0       40.1  
Other long-term liabilities
    34.0       30.5  
Total Liabilities
    681.6       694.7  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
               
Minority interests
    -       5.6  
                 
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, 3.0 million shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding in 2008 and 2007
    -       -  
Common stock, par value $.25 per share; 50.0 million shares authorized; shares issued: 34.3 million in 2008 and 2007; shares outstanding: 32.7 million in 2008 and 32.3 million in 2007
    8.6       8.6  
Capital in excess of par value
    69.3       64.3  
Retained earnings
    517.3       450.3  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (44.9 )     33.6  
Treasury stock, at cost (1.6 million shares in 2008; 2.1 million shares in 2007)
    (63.2 )     (71.5 )
Total shareholders’ equity
    487.1       485.3  
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 1,168.7     $ 1,185.6  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   
Common Stock
         
Treasury Stock
       
(in millions, except per share data)
 
Number of shares
   
Common Stock
   
Capital in excess of par value
   
Retained earnings
   
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
   
Number of shares
   
Treasury Stock
   
Total
 
Balance, December 31, 2005
    34.3     $ 8.6     $ 39.3     $ 325.0     $ 8.9       (2.6 )   $ (41.9 )   $ 339.9  
Net income
                            67.1                               67.1  
Shares issued under stock plans
                    2.6                       1.2       10.0       12.6  
Shares repurchased for employee tax withholdings
                                            -       (1.3 )     (1.3 )
Excess tax benefit from stock option exercises
                    10.9                                       10.9  
Cash dividends declared ($0.50 per share)
                            (16.4 )                             (16.4 )
Changes – other comprehensive income
                                    21.4                       21.4  
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158, net of tax
                                    (19.7 )                     (19.7 )
Balance, December 31, 2006
    34.3     $ 8.6     $ 52.8     $ 375.7     $ 10.6       (1.4 )   $ (33.2 )   $ 414.5  
Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48 (Note 5)
                            21.6                               21.6  
Net income
                            70.7                               70.7  
Shares issued under stock plans
                    9.3                       0.4       3.7       13.0  
Shares purchased under stock repurchase program
                                            (1.0 )     (39.4 )     (39.4 )
Shares repurchased for employee tax withholdings
                    (1.0 )                     (0.1 )     (2.6 )     (3.6 )
Excess tax benefit from stock option exercises
                    3.2                                       3.2  
Cash dividends declared ($0.54 per share)
                            (17.7 )                             (17.7 )
Affiliate adoption of SFAS 158, net of tax
                                    (0.4 )                     (0.4 )
Changes – other comprehensive income
                                    23.4                       23.4  
Balance, December 31, 2007
    34.3     $ 8.6     $ 64.3     $ 450.3     $ 33.6       (2.1 )   $ (71.5 )   $ 485.3  
Net income
                            86.0                               86.0  
Shares issued under stock plans
                    (0.9 )                     0.6       13.5       12.6  
Shares repurchased for employee tax withholdings
                                            (0.1 )     (5.2 )     (5.2 )
Excess tax benefit from stock option exercises
                    5.9                                       5.9  
Cash dividends declared ($0.58 per share)
                            (19.0 )                             (19.0 )
Changes – other comprehensive loss
                                    (78.5 )                     (78.5 )
Balance, December 31, 2008
    34.3     $ 8.6     $ 69.3     $ 517.3     $ (44.9 )     (1.6 )   $ (63.2 )   $ 487.1  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net income
  $ 86.0     $ 70.7     $ 67.1  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations:
                       
Loss (gain) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       0.5       (5.6 )
Depreciation
    56.1       51.6       48.1  
Amortization
    4.5       5.0       4.6  
Stock-based compensation
    6.4       5.1       14.5  
Loss on sales of equipment and asset impairments
    -       13.7       4.0  
Deferred income taxes
    7.3       (6.4 )     4.9  
Pension and other retirement plans
    4.9       5.9       8.9  
Equity in undistributed earnings of affiliates, net of dividends
    (0.7 )     (2.4 )     (1.9 )
Changes in assets/liabilities, net of discontinued operations and acquisitions:
                       
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable
    1.9       (20.5 )     2.8  
Increase in inventories
    (13.4 )     (9.0 )     (22.8 )
(Increase) decrease in other current assets
    (0.7 )     3.9       (3.1 )
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable
    (3.3 )     16.0       15.8  
Changes in other assets and liabilities
    (14.0 )     (4.9 )     2.1  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    135.0       129.2       139.4  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Capital expenditures
    (138.6 )     (129.4 )     (90.3 )
Proceeds from sale of investment
    -       0.7       -  
Acquisition of 10% minority ownership in Medimop
    (8.5 )     -       -  
Acquisition of patents and other assets
    (0.5 )     (4.7 )     -  
Redemptions (purchase) of investments, net
    16.8       (22.7 )     -  
Other
    2.6       0.2       0.4  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (128.2 )     (155.9 )     (89.9 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Issuance of long-term debt
    -       156.3       100.1  
Prepayment of senior notes
    -       -       (100.0 )
Repayments under revolving credit agreements, net
    (12.3 )     (19.1 )     (57.7 )
Changes in other debt, including overdrafts
    3.1       0.3       (2.0 )
Dividend payments
    (18.6 )     (17.5 )     (15.9 )
Shares purchased under stock repurchase program
    -       (39.4 )     -  
Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans
    6.2       4.4       5.7  
Excess tax benefit from stock option exercises
    5.9       3.2       10.9  
Shares repurchased for employee tax withholdings
    (5.2 )     (3.6 )     (1.3 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (20.9 )     84.6       (60.2 )
Cash flows from discontinued operations:
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    -       -       4.4  
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
    -       -       4.4  
Effect of exchange rates on cash
    (7.1 )     3.4       4.6  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (21.2 )     61.3       (1.7 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    108.4       47.1       48.8  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 87.2     $ 108.4     $ 47.1  
                         
Supplemental cash flow information:
                       
Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized
  $ 15.9     $ 12.2     $ 14.0  
Income taxes paid, net
  $ 25.0     $ 25.3     $ 15.0  
Dividends declared, not paid
  $ 4.9     $ 4.5     $ 4.3  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation:   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiaries (which may be referred to as “West”, the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) after the elimination of intercompany transactions. We have no participation or other rights in variable interest entities.

Use of Estimates: The financial statements are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S.”). These principles require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingencies in the financial statements. Actual amounts realized may differ from these estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:   Cash equivalents include time deposits, certificates of deposit and all highly liquid debt instruments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase.

Accounts Receivable: Our accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively. We record the allowance based on a specific identification methodology.

Inventories: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in-first-out (“FIFO”) method. The following is a summary of inventories at December 31:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
 
Finished goods
  $ 46.9     $ 45.1  
Work in process
    18.8       16.5  
Raw materials
    50.0       50.2  
    $ 115.7     $ 111.8  

Short-Term Investments: Short-term investments represent our investment in the Columbia Strategic Cash Portfolio Fund, which is an enhanced cash fund managed by the Bank of America. When it is determined that an other-then-temporary decline in net asset value has occurred, the investment is written down with a charge to the statement of income. See Note 14, Fair Value Measurements , for a more detailed discussion.

Property, Plant and Equipment : Property, plant and equipment assets are carried at cost. Maintenance and minor repairs and renewals are charged to expense as incurred. Costs incurred for computer software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized for application development activities and immediately expensed for preliminary project activities or post-implementation activities. Upon sale or retirement of depreciable assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated, and gains or losses are recognized in restructuring and other items. Depreciation and amortization are computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the remaining term of the lease, if shorter.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles : Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are tested at least annually for impairment in the fourth quarter following the completion of our annual budget and long-range plan process, or more frequently in certain circumstances. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, and reviewed for impairment if an event occurs that indicates that there may be an impairment. The goodwill impairment test first requires a comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value, a second step must be performed. The second step requires the comparison of the carrying amount of the goodwill to its implied fair value, which is calculated as if the reporting unit had just been acquired as of the testing date. Any excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over the implied fair value would represent an impairment loss. Certain trademarks have been determined to have indefinite lives and therefore are not subject to amortization.


Impairment testing for indefinite-lived intangibles requires a comparison between the fair value and carrying value of the asset, and any excess carrying value would represent an impairment. Fair values are primarily determined using discounted cash flow analyses.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets : Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. An asset is considered impaired if the carrying value of the asset exceeds the sum of the future expected undiscounted cash flows to be derived from the asset. Once an asset is considered impaired, an impairment loss is recorded within restructuring and other items for the difference between the asset's carrying value and its fair value. For assets to be held and used in the business, management determines fair value using estimated future cash flows to be derived from the asset discounted to a net present value using an appropriate discount rate. For assets held for sale or for investment purposes, management determines fair value by estimating the proceeds to be received upon sale of the asset, less costs to sell.

Employee Benefits: The measurement of the obligations under our defined benefit pension and postretirement medical plans are subject to a number of assumptions. These include the rate of return on plan assets and the rate at which the future obligations are discounted to present value.

On December 31, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 158, “Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS 158”).  This standard requires the recognition of an asset or liability for the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as measured by the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation. For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other postretirement plan, such as a retiree health plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. The adoption of SFAS 158 resulted in a reduction of shareholders’ equity of $19.7 million ($32.0 million pre-tax, less a $12.3 million deferred tax benefit) at December 31, 2006.  See Note 13, Benefit Plans , for a more detailed discussion of our pension and other retirement plans.

Financial Instruments : All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and recorded at their fair value. We use financial instruments such as interest rate swaps and foreign currency hedge contracts to minimize the exposure related to fluctuating interest and foreign exchange rates. For a derivative designated as hedging the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction (referred to as a cash flow hedge), the effective portion of the derivative's gain or loss is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. For a derivative designated as hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or a firm commitment (referred to as a fair value hedge), the derivative’s gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change together with the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item. For a derivative designated as hedging the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation, the gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax, as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. The ineffective portion of any derivative used in a hedging transaction is recognized immediately into earnings. We do not purchase or hold any derivative financial instrument for investment or trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Translation : Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recognized in the determination of net income. Foreign currency translation adjustments of subsidiaries and affiliates operating outside the U.S. are accumulated in other comprehensive income, a separate component of shareholders' equity.

Revenue Recognition: The majority of our revenue is generated from our standard product manufacturing operations which convert rubber, metal, and plastic raw materials into component parts used in closure systems and syringe components for use with injectable drugs and drug delivery devices.  Sales of manufactured components are recorded at the time title and risk of loss passes to the customer. Some customers receive pricing rebates upon attaining established sales volumes. We record rebate costs when sales occur based on our assessment of the likelihood that these volumes will be attained. We also establish product return liabilities for customer quality claims when such amounts are deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated.


Shipping and Handling Costs : Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods and services sold. Shipping and handling costs billed to customers in connection with the sale are included in net sales.

Research and Development : Research and development expenditures are for the creation, engineering and application of new or improved products and processes. Expenditures include primarily salaries and outside services for those directly involved in research and development activities and are expensed as incurred.

Environmental Remediation and Compliance Costs : Environmental remediation costs are accrued when such costs are probable and reasonable estimates are determinable. Cost estimates are not discounted and include investigation, cleanup and monitoring activities; such estimates are adjusted, if necessary, based on additional findings. In general, environmental compliance costs are expensed as incurred.

Litigation : From time to time, we are involved in product liability matters and other legal proceedings and claims generally incidental to our normal business activities. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies”, we accrue for loss contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These estimates are based on an analysis made by internal and external legal counsel considering information known at the time. Legal costs in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes: Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are recognized by applying enacted statutory tax rates, applicable to future years, to temporary differences between the tax basis and financial statement carrying values of our assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. No provision is made for the U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested.  We recognize interest costs related to income taxes in interest expense and penalties within restructuring and other items. The tax law ordering approach is used for purposes of determining whether an excess tax benefit has been realized during the year.

Stock-Based Compensation : We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), “Share Based Payment - Revised 2004.” Under the fair value provisions of this statement, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. In order to determine the fair value of stock options on the grant date, the company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model.

Net Income Per Share : Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Net income per share assuming dilution considers the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and other stock awards, based on the treasury stock method, as well as, convertible debt, based on the if-converted method. The treasury stock method assumes the use of exercise proceeds to repurchase common stock at the average fair market value in the period. The if-converted method assumes conversion of the debt at the beginning of the reporting period (or at time of issuance, if later). In addition, interest charges applicable to the convertible debt, net of tax, are added back to net income for the purpose of this calculation.

Note 2: Discontinued Operations

In 2007, we recorded a $0.5 million provision, or ($0.01) per diluted share, for potential claims resulting from the 2005 divestiture of our former drug delivery business.

Our 2006 income from discontinued operations was $5.6 million, or $0.17 per diluted share. As a result of a favorable outcome to our claim for tax benefits relating to the 2001 sale of our former contract manufacturing and packaging business, we received a tax refund resulting in the recognition of a $4.0 million tax benefit. The settlement of this claim also resulted in pre-tax interest income of $0.6 million ($0.4 million after taxes). We also recognized a $1.2 million favorable adjustment to tax accruals associated with our former Drug Delivery Systems segment primarily as a result of the closure of the 2002 U.S. federal tax audit year.



Note 3: Restructuring and Other Items

Restructuring and other items consisted of:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Restructuring and related charges
                 
Severance and post-employment benefits
  $ 1.4     $ 2.0     $ -  
Asset write-offs
    1.0       1.1       -  
Other
    0.6       0.3       -  
Total restructuring and related charges
    3.0       3.4       -  
                         
Impairment charges
    -       12.9       2.5  
Other items:
                       
Contract settlement and related costs (gain)
    (4.2 )     -       -  
Brazilian excise and other tax related charges
    -       10.1       0.1  
Foreign exchange losses
    1.6       0.7       0.7  
Loss on sales of equipment
    0.7       1.1       1.5  
Other
    (0.6 )     0.1       0.1  
Total other items
    (2.5 )     12.0       2.4  
Total restructuring and other items
  $ 0.5     $ 28.3     $ 4.9  

Restructuring and Related Charges

During 2008 and 2007, we incurred $3.0 million and $3.4 million, respectively, in restructuring and related charges as part of our 2007 plan to align the plant capacity and workforce of the Tech Group with its revised business outlook and as part of a longer-term strategy of focusing the business on proprietary products. We expect to incur additional severance and related costs of no more than $1.0 million during the first half of 2009 as these restructuring activities are concluded.

The following table details activity related to our restructuring obligations:

($ in millions)
 
Severance and benefits
   
Other Costs
   
Total
 
Balance, December 31, 2006
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
Charges
    2.0       1.4       3.4  
Non-cash asset write-offs
    -       (1.1 )     (1.1 )
Cash payments
    (0.1 )     -       (0.1 )
Balance, December 31, 2007
    1.9       0.3       2.2  
Charges
    1.4       1.6       3.0  
Non-cash asset write-offs
    -       (0.6 )     (0.6 )
Cash payments
    (3.1 )     (0.9 )     (4.0 )
Balance, December 31, 2008
  $ 0.2     $ 0.4     $ 0.6  

We expect all payments associated with the plan to be completed by the end of the second quarter of 2009.

Impairment Charges

In the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded a $12.9 million impairment charge representing our net book value in the Nektar contract intangible asset associated with the Exubera device.

During 2006, Pharmaceutical Systems recorded a $2.5 million charge related to a discontinued product, including a $1.6 million reduction to the value of the respective production assets, a $0.5 million minimum royalty payment called for under a licensing agreement and a $0.4 million decrease in the value of our licensing rights.



Other Items

Under an agreement reached with Nektar in February 2008, we received full reimbursement for, among other things, severance-related employee costs, equipment, purchased raw materials and components, leases and other facility costs associated with the shutdown of manufacturing operations related to the Exubera device. During 2008, we received payments from Nektar which more than offset the related costs incurred, resulting in a net gain of $4.2 million.

During 2007, we increased our accruals in Brazil for a series of excise, gross receipts and value-added tax contingencies by $10.1 million. The increased provisions followed a detailed review of several related tax cases pending in the Brazilian courts, which indicated that it was probable that the positions taken on previous tax filings, some of which date back to the late 1990’s, would not be sustained.

Note 4: Income Taxes

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48

On January 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”). This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements. FIN 48 prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The adoption of FIN 48 resulted in the recognition of net tax assets that met the more-likely-than-not threshold of $21.6 million and was reflected as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings for 2007.

Because we are a global organization, we and our subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. During 2008, the statute of limitations for the 2004 U.S. Federal tax year lapsed, leaving tax years 2005 through 2008 open to examination in the U.S. Federal tax jurisdiction. We are also subject to examination in various state and foreign jurisdictions for tax years 2000 through 2008.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
 
Balance at January 1
  $ 10.2     $ 10.1  
Additions for tax positions taken in the current year
    0.3       0.7  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    0.8       0.7  
Reduction for expiration of statute of limitations
    (3.4 )     (1.3 )
Balance at December 31
  $ 7.9     $ 10.2  

In addition, we had accrued interest and penalties of $1.0 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. During both 2008 and 2007, we recognized pre-tax expense of $0.1 million for interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately $7.9 million of total gross unrecognized tax benefits, which, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective income tax rate. We anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits may change in the next 12 months; however, due to uncertainties in timing, it is not reasonably possible to estimate a range of the possible change.
 
SFAS No. 109 Disclosures:

The components of income before income taxes and minority interests are:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
U.S. operations
  $ 27.4     $ 25.6     $ 17.8  
International operations
    82.1       60.8       66.7  
Total income before income taxes and minority interests
  $ 109.5     $ 86.4     $ 84.5  



The related provision for income taxes from continuing operations consists of:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Current:
                 
Federal
  $ (2.8 )   $ 0.5     $ 0.4  
State
    -       -       (0.5 )
International
    19.2       23.1       19.8  
Current income tax provision
    16.4       23.6       19.7  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    7.5       0.3       3.1  
International
    (0.2 )     (6.7 )     1.8  
Deferred income tax provision
    7.3       (6.4 )     4.9  
Provision for income taxes, continuing operations
  $ 23.7     $ 17.2     $ 24.6  

The components of deferred income taxes recognized in the balance sheet at December 31 are as follows:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
 
Current assets
  $ 5.1     $ 5.3  
Noncurrent assets
    87.1       88.0  
Noncurrent valuation allowance
    (23.4 )     (27.0 )
Current liabilities
    (0.9 )     (2.5 )
Noncurrent liabilities
    (20.4 )     (46.6 )
Deferred tax asset
  $ 47.5     $ 17.2  

Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting and tax purposes. The significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
 
Deferred tax assets
           
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 36.9     $ 32.2  
Tax credit carryforwards
    21.1       17.8  
Restructuring and impairment charges
    0.2       5.2  
Capital loss carryforwards
    1.1       1.4  
Pension and deferred compensation
    47.4       15.2  
Other
    10.1       15.2  
Valuation allowance
    (23.4 )     (27.0 )
Total deferred tax assets
    93.4       60.0  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Accelerated depreciation
    40.1       34.7  
Other
    5.8       8.1  
Total deferred tax liabilities
    45.9       42.8  
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 47.5     $ 17.2  

A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory corporate tax rate to our effective consolidated tax rate on income before income taxes from continuing operations follows:

   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
U.S. statutory corporate tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
Tax on international operations less than U.S. tax rate
    (7.6 )     (4.2 )     (2.6 )
Non-benefited losses
    0.5       2.5       1.5  
Reversal of prior valuation allowance
    (1.2 )     (4.2 )     (1.9 )
Reversal of reserves related to closed years
    (3.1 )     (1.5 )     (1.4 )
U.S. tax on international earnings, net of foreign tax credits
    (0.9 )     (4.1 )     (1.3 )
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    0.2       (3.2 )     (3.4 )
Other
    (1.3 )     (0.4 )     3.2  
Effective tax rate, continuing operations
    21.6 %     19.9 %     29.1 %
 
During the first half of 2008, we completed an agreement with the Republic of Singapore which reduces our Singapore income tax rate for a period of 10 years on a retroactive basis back to June 2007. As a result of this agreement, our 2008 results contain a $1.0 million tax benefit which represents the remeasurement of our current and deferred income tax liabilities at the new rate. In addition, during 2008, we recorded an unrelated $3.4 million net tax benefit resulting from the expiration of open audit years in certain tax jurisdictions.

At December 31, 2008, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $41.8 million and state operating loss carryforwards of $233.3 million, which created deferred tax assets of $14.7 million and $13.7 million, respectively; and foreign operating loss carryforwards of $33.9 million, which created a deferred tax asset of $8.5 million.  Management estimates that certain state and foreign operating loss carryforwards are unlikely to be utilized and the associated deferred tax assets have been fully reserved. Federal net operating loss carryforwards expire after 2024. State loss carryforwards expire as follows: $10.0 million in 2009 and $223.0 million thereafter. Foreign loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2012, while $29.7 million of the total $33.9 million will not expire.

As of December 31, 2008, we had available foreign tax credit carryforwards of $13.9 million expiring as follows: $0.2 million in 2011, $2.6 million in 2012, $0.4 million in 2014, $3.5 million in 2015, $1.8 million in 2016, $2.9 million in 2017 and $2.5 million in 2018. We have U.S. federal and foreign research and development credit carryforwards of $6.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively.  The $6.3 million of U.S. federal research and development credits expire as follows: $0.4 million expire in 2021, $0.5 million expire in 2022 and $5.4 million expire after 2022. The foreign research and development credits have an indefinite carryforward.

As of December 31, 2008, we had U.S. capital loss carryforwards of $2.9 million, which created a deferred tax asset of $1.1 million, which is fully reserved. During 2007, as the result of an Internal Revenue Service closing agreement, we realized an additional $8.1 million benefit in the basis of an investment related to the disposition of our former drug delivery business, creating a deferred tax asset of $3.2 million which is fully reserved. The U.S. capital loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2012.

Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries amounted to $404.5 million at December 31, 2008, on which deferred income taxes have not been provided because such earnings are intended to be reinvested indefinitely outside of the U.S.

Note 5: Segment Information

Our operations are comprised of two reportable segments: “Pharmaceutical Systems” and “Tech Group”.  Pharmaceutical Systems focuses on the design, manufacture and distribution of elastomer and metal components used in parenteral drug delivery for customers in the pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical industries. The Tech Group offers custom contract-manufacturing solutions utilizing plastic injection molding processes targeted to the healthcare and consumer product industries. Pharmaceutical Systems has two operating segments: the Americas and Europe/Asia Pacific. Tech Group is also split into two operating segments: the Americas and Europe. These operating segments are aggregated for reporting purposes as they have common economic characteristics, produce and sell a similar range of products, use a similar distribution process and have a similar customer base.

Our executive management evaluates the performance of these operating segments based on operating profit and cash flow generation.  General corporate expenses, restructuring charges and other items considered outside the control of segment management are not allocated to the segments. Corporate assets include pension assets, investments in affiliated companies and net assets of discontinued operations.  The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.



The following table provides information on sales by significant product group:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Pharmaceutical packaging
  $ 622.8     $ 577.8     $ 495.8  
Disposable medical components
    107.2       120.4       109.2  
Safety and administration systems
    33.1       25.5       21.0  
Laboratory and other services
    29.0       18.1       18.1  
Pharmaceutical Systems
    792.1       741.8       644.1  
Healthcare devices
    171.7       188.8       155.6  
Consumer products
    74.1       73.3       84.4  
Tooling and other services
    24.7       27.1       39.2  
Tech Group
    270.5       289.2       279.2  
Intersegment sales
    (11.5 )     (10.9 )     (10.0 )
Net sales
  $ 1,051.1     $ 1,020.1     $ 913.3  

We do not have any customers accounting for greater than 10% of consolidated net sales.

The following table presents sales and net property, plant and equipment, by the country in which the legal subsidiary is domiciled and assets are located.

   
Sales
   
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
 
($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
United States
  $ 488.5     $ 496.4     $ 464.5     $ 238.9     $ 209.9     $ 185.3  
Germany
    145.4       114.7       97.7       119.9       111.0       78.5  
France
    100.7       99.8       73.7       43.4       43.1       38.2  
Other European countries
    211.5       193.6       174.4       72.6       70.8       51.5  
Other
    105.0       115.6       103.0       56.2       46.9       31.2  
    $ 1,051.1     $ 1,020.1     $ 913.3     $ 531.0     $ 481.7     $ 384.7  

The following table provides summarized financial information for our segments:

($ in millions)
 
Pharmaceutical Systems
   
Tech Group
   
Corporate and Eliminations
   
Consolidated
 
2008
                       
Net sales
  $ 792.1     $ 270.5     $ (11.5 )   $ 1,051.1  
Income before income taxes and minority interests
    136.7       17.8       (45.0 )     109.5  
Segment assets
    816.3       227.5       124.9       1,168.7  
Capital expenditures
    129.2       9.0       0.4       138.6  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    43.9       14.9       1.8       60.6  
                                 
2007
                               
Net sales
  $ 741.8     $ 289.2     $ (10.9 )   $ 1,020.1  
Income before income taxes and minority interests
    141.9       11.6       (67.1 )     86.4  
Segment assets
    737.7       247.4       200.5       1,185.6  
Capital expenditures
    108.1       20.9       0.4       129.4  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    39.0       15.9       1.7       56.6  
                                 
2006
                               
Net sales
  $ 644.1     $ 279.2     $ (10.0 )   $ 913.3  
Income before income taxes and minority interests
    129.7       18.1       (63.3 )     84.5  
Segment assets
    576.7       248.2       93.3       918.2  
Capital expenditures
    62.3       26.7       1.3       90.3  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    34.4       16.6       1.7       52.7  
 
Note 6: Net Income Per Share

The following table reconciles net income and shares used in the calculation of basic net income per share to those used for diluted net income per share.

($ and shares in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 86.0     $ 71.2     $ 61.5  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       (0.5 )     5.6  
Net income, as reported, for basic net income per share
    86.0       70.7       67.1  
Plus: interest expense on convertible debt, net of tax
    4.3       3.4       -  
Net income for diluted net income per share
  $ 90.3     $ 74.1     $ 67.1  
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    32.4       32.7       32.2  
Assumed stock options exercised, based on the treasury stock method
    0.8       1.2       1.4  
Assumed conversion of convertible debt, based on the if-converted method
    2.9       2.3       -  
Weighted average shares assuming dilution
    36.1       36.2       33.6  

Options outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their impact was antidilutive were 0.6 million, 0.3 million and 0.3 million for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Note 7: Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of reported net income and other comprehensive income, which reflects revenues, expenses and gains and losses that generally accepted accounting principles exclude from net income. For us, the items excluded from current net income were cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities of affiliates, fair value adjustments on derivative financial instruments and pension liability adjustments.

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, at December 31 are as follows:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
 
Foreign currency translation
  $ 16.0     $ 53.5  
Unrealized (losses) gains on securities of affiliates
    (0.9 )     1.7  
Unrealized losses on derivatives
    (5.4 )     (1.0 )
Defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans
    (54.6 )     (20.6 )
    $ (44.9 )   $ 33.6  

Defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan adjustments for 2007 include the adoption of SFAS 158 by one of our affiliates in the amount of $(0.4) million (see Note 11, Affiliated Companies ).

Note 8:  Stock Repurchase Program

On August 8, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to one million shares of our common stock. The program allowed us to repurchase our shares on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions in accordance with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we purchased 980,300 shares of common stock under this program at a cost of $39.4 million, or an average price of $40.23 per share. On February 27, 2008, we announced that we did not intend to make further share repurchases under this program.



Note 9: Goodwill and Intangibles

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment are as follows:

($ in millions)
 
Pharmaceutical Systems
   
Tech Group
   
Total
 
Balance, December 31, 2006
  $ 69.4     $ 33.4     $ 102.8  
Foreign currency translation
    5.7       0.7       6.4  
Balance, December 31, 2007
    75.1       34.1       109.2  
Additions
    3.1       -       3.1  
Foreign currency translation
    (6.9 )     (0.1 )     (7.0 )
Balance, December 31, 2008
  $ 71.3     $ 34.0     $ 105.3  

On December 29, 2008, we purchased the remaining 10% minority ownership in our Medimop subsidiary for $8.5 million, which resulted in additional goodwill of $3.1 million.

Intangible assets and accumulated amortization as of December 31 were as follows:

   
2008
   
2007
 
($ in millions)
 
Cost
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Net
   
Cost
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Net
 
Technology and patents
  $ 10.7     $ (3.5 )   $ 7.2     $ 10.8     $ (2.7 )   $ 8.1  
Trademarks
    11.2       (0.3 )     10.9       11.4       (0.3 )     11.1  
Customer relationships
    29.3       (6.0 )     23.3       30.5       (4.3 )     26.2  
Customer contracts
    8.2       (1.5 )     6.7       8.3       (1.1 )     7.2  
Non-compete agreements
    3.9       (2.0 )     1.9       3.8       (1.4 )     2.4  
    $ 63.3     $ (13.3 )   $ 50.0     $ 64.8     $ (9.8 )   $ 55.0  

During 2008, Pharmaceutical Systems acquired licenses for a total of $0.5 million, to be amortized over 5 years.

In the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded a $12.9 million impairment charge on our Nektar contract intangible asset, which represented a cost of $14.8 million less accumulated amortization of $1.9 million as of December 31, 2007. This loss was included in restructuring and other items.

The cost basis of intangible assets includes the effects of foreign currency translation adjustments, which were $2.0 million and $1.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $3.5 million, $4.4 million and $4.2 million, respectively. Estimated future annual amortization expense is as follows: 2009 to 2011 - $3.5 million, 2012 - $3.2 million and 2013 - $2.9 million. Trademarks with a carrying amount of $10.0 million were determined to have indefinite lives and therefore do not require amortization.

Note 10: Property, Plant and Equipment

A summary of gross property, plant and equipment at December 31 is presented in the following table:

($ in millions)
 
Expected useful lives (years)
   
2008
   
2007
 
Land
        $ 9.5     $ 12.6  
Buildings and improvements
    5-50       220.7       215.1  
Machinery and equipment
    10-15       499.6       496.7  
Molds and dies
    4-7       73.1       72.1  
Computer hardware and software
    3-10       20.1       3.7  
Construction in progress
            142.0       97.5  
            $ 965.0     $ 897.7  



Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $56.1 million, $51.6 million and $48.1 million, respectively.

We are in the process of implementing SAP, an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, over a multi-year period for our North American operations. During the second quarter of 2008, we successfully replaced our financial reporting, cash disbursement and order-to-cash systems. The second phase of this SAP project, focusing on procurement and plant operations, started in late 2008 and is expected to continue on a plant-by-plant basis through 2009.

Capitalized leases included in ‘buildings and improvements’ were $2.5 million and $3.2 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Capitalized leases included in ‘machinery and equipment’ were $2.2 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Accumulated depreciation on all property, plant and equipment accounted for as capitalized leases was $1.9 million and $1.6 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

We capitalize interest on borrowings during the active construction period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is added to the cost of the underlying assets and is amortized over the useful lives of the assets. Capitalized interest for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.6 million, $1.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Note 11: Affiliated Companies

At December 31, 2008, the following affiliated companies were accounted for under the equity method:

 
Location
 
Ownership interest
 
West Pharmaceutical Services Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Mexico
    49 %
Aluplast S.A. de C.V.
Mexico
    49 %
Pharma Tap S.A. de C.V.
Mexico
    49 %
Daikyo Seiko, Ltd. (“Daikyo”)
Japan
    25 %

Unremitted income of affiliated companies included in consolidated retained earnings amounted to $24.7 million, $24.0 million and $21.6 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Dividends received from affiliated companies were $0.1 million annually for 2008, 2007 and 2006.

Our equity in unrealized (losses) gains of Daikyo's investment in securities available-for-sale and derivative instruments, included in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of shareholders' equity, was $(0.9) million, $1.7 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our equity in Daikyo’s cumulative effect of their adoption of SFAS 158, also included in accumulated other comprehensive income, was $(0.4) million at December 31, 2007.

Our purchases and royalty payments made to affiliates totaled $36.3 million, $31.3 million and $24.1 million, respectively, in 2008, 2007 and 2006, of which $3.7 million and $4.3 million was due and payable as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These transactions primarily relate to a distributorship agreement allowing us to purchase and re-sell Daikyo products. Sales to affiliates were $1.7 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in 2008, 2007 and 2006, of which $0.2 million was receivable as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

We also have affiliates that are accounted for as cost investments, which are carried at the lower of cost or market. In March 2007, the Tech Group sold its investment in a tool shop located in Ireland for $0.7 million and recorded a $0.4 million gain on sale of this investment.

At December 31, the aggregate carrying amount of investments in affiliated companies was as follows:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
 
Equity companies
  $ 32.8     $ 30.6  
Cost companies
    0.8       1.1  
    $ 33.6     $ 31.7  


Note 12: Debt

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had short-term obligations under capital leases of $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, denominated in Euros and carrying a weighted average interest rate of 5.4%. In December 2008, we issued a note payable for $3.5 million which matures in June 2009 and carries an interest rate of 2.4%.

The following table summarizes our long-term debt obligations at December 31:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
 
Capital leases, due 2011 (5.5%)
  $ 0.3     $ 0.5  
Capital leases, due 2012 (5.3%)
    0.5       0.7  
Revolving credit facility, due 2011 (1.7%)
    29.9       36.9  
Series A floating rate notes, due 2012 (4.3%)
    50.0       50.0  
Series B floating rate notes, due 2015 (4.4%)
    25.0       25.0  
Euro note A, due 2013 (4.2%)
    28.7       30.0  
Euro note B, due 2016 (4.4%)
    86.2       90.0  
Convertible debt, due 2047 (4.0%)
    161.5       161.5  
    $ 382.1     $ 394.6  

Our long-term capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2008 are in connection with the financing of equipment purchases and are denominated in Euros.

As of December 31, 2008, we have $29.9 million of borrowings under our multi-currency revolving credit agreement due in 2011, all of which is denominated in Japanese Yen. This Yen-denominated note is accounted for as a hedge of our net investment in our Japanese affiliate. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are at variable rates determined by reference to the applicable London Interbank Offering Rates (“LIBOR”) plus a margin ranging from 0.5 percentage points to 1.375 percentage points determined by our leverage ratio. Under the leverage ratio, our total indebtedness cannot exceed three-and one-half (3.5) times our earnings before income tax, depreciation and amortization for any period of four consecutive quarters. Our credit agreement contains a $200 million committed credit facility and an “accordion” feature under which the credit facility may be temporarily increased to $250 million. We pay a quarterly commitment fee ranging from 0.125% to 0.30% as determined by the leverage ratio on any unused commitments. The borrowings under the revolving credit agreement of $29.9 million together with outstanding letters of credit of $5.1 million result in an unused commitment level of $165.0 million under the facility at December 31, 2008.

In 2005, we concluded a private placement of $75.0 million in senior floating rate notes.  The total amount of the private placement was divided into two tranches with $50.0 million maturing on July 28, 2012 (“Series A Notes”) and $25.0 million maturing on July 28, 2015 (“Series B Notes”).  The two tranches have interest payable based on LIBOR rates, with the Series A Notes at LIBOR plus 0.8 percentage points and the Series B Notes at LIBOR plus 0.9 percentage points.  We entered into two interest-rate swap agreements to protect against volatility in the interest rates payable on the Series A and B floating rate notes (discussed in Note 15, Financial Instruments ), which effectively fixed the interest rates at 5.32% and 5.51%, respectively.

In 2006, we issued Euro-denominated notes totaling €81.5 million. Euro note A of €20.4 million (or $28.7 million at December 31, 2008) has a term of 7 years due February 27, 2013 with a fixed annual interest rate of 4.215% while Euro note B of €61.1 million ($86.2 million at December 31, 2008) has a term of 10 years due February 27, 2016 at a fixed annual interest rate of 4.38%.  These Euro-denominated notes are accounted for as a hedge of our net investment in our European subsidiaries. The proceeds of the Euro notes were used to prepay $100.0 million of our 6.81% senior notes with an original maturity date of April 8, 2009. As required by the note purchase agreement, we incurred costs of $5.9 million in connection with the prepayment, which was accounted for as a loss on debt extinguishment.



On March 14, 2007, the Company issued $150.0 million of Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures (“debentures”) due March 15, 2047. On April 3, 2007, the underwriters exercised an over-allotment option resulting in the issuance of an additional $11.5 million of debentures, bringing the total aggregate principal amount outstanding to $161.5 million. The debentures bear interest at a rate of 4% annually and are convertible into shares of our common stock at an initial conversion rate, subject to adjustment, of 17.8336 shares per $1,000 of principal amount, which equals a conversion price of approximately $56.07 per share. The holders may convert their debentures at any time prior to maturity. On or after March 20, 2012, if our common stock closing price exceeds 150% of the then prevailing conversion price for at least 20 trading days during any 30 consecutive trading day period, we have the option to cause the debentures to be automatically converted into West shares at the prevailing conversion rate. As of December 31, 2008, no debentures have been converted.

Total net proceeds from this offering were $156.3 million. We have and may use the proceeds for general corporate purposes, which include capital expenditures, working capital, possible acquisitions of other businesses, technologies or products, repaying debt, and repurchasing our capital stock. In connection with the offering, we incurred debt issuance costs in the amount of $5.2 million, consisting of underwriting discounts and commissions, legal and other professional fees. These costs are recorded as a noncurrent asset and are being amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the debentures.

Covenants included in our senior debt agreements conform to those in our revolving credit agreement.

Interest costs incurred during 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $18.6 million, $16.4 million and $13.4 million, respectively, of which $2.6 million, $1.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively, were capitalized as part of the cost of constructing property, plant and equipment. The aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt are as follows: 2011 - $30.2 million, 2012 - $50.5 million, 2013 - $28.7 million and thereafter - $272.7 million.

Note 13: Benefit Plans

Certain of our U.S. and international subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit pension plans. In addition, we provide minimal life insurance benefits for certain U.S. retirees and pay a portion of healthcare costs for retired U.S. salaried employees and their dependents. Benefits for participants are coordinated with Medicare and the plan mandates Medicare risk (“HMO”) coverage wherever possible and caps the total contribution for non-HMO coverage.  We also sponsor a defined contribution savings plan for certain salaried and hourly U.S. employees.

On October 17, 2006, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan, effective January 1, 2007. Benefits earned under the former plan’s pension formulas and accruals for both hourly and salaried participants were frozen as of December 31, 2006.  Under the amended plan, new cash-balance formulas were implemented for covered hourly and salaried participants and new hires, pursuant to which a percentage of each participant’s compensation will be credited to a participant account each year. This amendment resulted in an $18.8 million reduction in our projected benefit obligations at December 31, 2006.  The impact of this plan amendment will be recognized as a reduction to pension expense over a 12 year period representing the estimated average remaining service period of plan participants affected by the amendment. Our Board also adopted certain ‘safe harbor’ features to our 401(k) savings plan, covering certain salaried and hourly U.S. employees, effective January 1, 2007.  In addition, the Company increased its contributions to a 100% match on the first 3% of employee base compensation contributions, and a 50% match on the next 2% of employee contributions.  Our 401(k) plan contributions were $2.5 million, $2.3 million and $1.4 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.



Pension and Other Retirement Benefits

The components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income are as follows:

   
Pension benefits
   
Other retirement benefits
 
($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Net periodic benefit cost:
                                   
Service cost
  $ 7.7     $ 7.7     $ 5.4     $ 0.8     $ 1.0     $ 1.0  
Interest cost
    14.2       13.3       13.2       0.8       0.9       0.8  
Expected return on assets
    (16.6 )     (16.2 )     (14.8 )     -       -       -  
Amortization of prior service (credit) cost
    (1.1 )     (1.2 )     0.7       0.1       0.1       0.1  
Amortization of transition obligation
    0.1       0.1       0.1       -       -       -  
Recognized actuarial losses
    1.6       2.6       3.9       -       -       -  
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 5.9     $ 6.3     $ 8.5     $ 1.7     $ 2.0     $ 1.9  

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income, pre-tax:
                                   
Net loss (gain) arising during period
  $ 56.8     $ (7.8 )   $ -     $ (0.3 )   $ (2.0 )   $ -  
Prior service cost arising during period
    -       1.9       -       -       -       -  
Amortization of prior service credit (cost)
    1.1       1.2       -       (0.1 )     (0.1 )     -  
Amortization of transition obligation
    (0.1 )     (0.1 )     -       -       -       -  
Amortization of actuarial loss
    (1.6 )     (2.6 )     -       -       -       -  
Minimum pension liability adjustments
    -       -       0.1       -       -       -  
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
  $ 56.2     $ (7.4 )   $ 0.1     $ (0.4 )   $ (2.1 )   $ -  
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income
  $ 62.1     $ (1.1 )   $ 8.6     $ 1.3     $ (0.1 )   $ 1.9  

Net periodic benefit cost by geographic location is as follows:

   
Pension benefits
   
Other retirement benefits
 
($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
U.S. plans
  $ 4.3     $ 4.1     $ 6.5     $ 1.7     $ 2.0     $ 1.9  
International plans
    1.6       2.2       2.0       -       -       -  
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 5.9     $ 6.3     $ 8.5     $ 1.7     $ 2.0     $ 1.9  

The following tables present the changes in the benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets, as well as the funded status of the plans:

   
Pension benefits
   
Other retirement benefits
 
($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2008
   
2007
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                       
Benefit obligation, January 1
  $ (231.7 )   $ (226.6 )   $ (14.1 )   $ (14.6 )
Service cost
    (7.7 )     (7.7 )     (0.8 )     (1.0 )
Interest cost
    (14.2 )     (13.3 )     (0.8 )     (0.9 )
Participants’ contributions
    -       -       (0.4 )     (0.4 )
Actuarial gain
    11.4       9.4       0.4       2.0  
Amendments/transfers in
    (0.4 )     (1.7 )     -       -  
Benefits/expenses paid
    10.1       10.1       0.7       0.8  
Foreign currency translation
    7.3       (1.9 )     -       -  
Benefit obligation, December 31
  $ (225.2 )   $ (231.7 )   $ (15.0 )   $ (14.1 )





   
Pension benefits
   
Other retirement benefits
 
($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2008
   
2007
 
Change in plan assets:
                       
Fair value of assets, January 1
  $ 216.9     $ 210.5     $ -     $ -  
Actual return on assets
    (52.2 )     14.0       -       -  
Employer contribution
    2.4       2.0       0.3       0.4  
Participants’ contribution
    -       -       0.4       0.4  
Benefits/expenses paid
    (10.1 )     (10.1 )     (0.7 )     (0.8 )
Foreign currency translation
    (4.8 )     0.5       -       -  
Fair value of plan assets, December 31
  $ 152.2     $ 216.9     $ -     $ -  
                                 
Funded status at end of year
  $ (73.0 )   $ (14.8 )   $ (15.0 )   $ (14.1 )

International pension plan assets, at fair value, included in the preceding table were $13.4 million and $20.8 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet are as follows:

   
Pension benefits
   
Other retirement benefits
 
($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2008
   
2007
 
Pension asset
  $ -     $ 13.0     $ -     $ -  
Current liabilities
    (0.9 )     (0.9 )     (1.1 )     (0.9 )
Noncurrent liabilities
    (72.1 )     (26.9 )     (13.9 )     (13.2 )
    $ (73.0 )   $ (14.8 )   $ (15.0 )   $ (14.1 )

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income, pre-tax, consist of:

   
Pension benefits
   
Other retirement benefits
 
($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2008
   
2007
 
Net actuarial loss (gain)
  $ 98.5     $ 42.9     $ (1.9 )   $ (1.6 )
Transition obligation
    0.7       1.1       -       -  
Prior service (credit) cost
    (9.6 )     (10.6 )     0.4       0.5  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
  $ 89.6     $ 33.4     $ (1.5 )   $ (1.1 )

The actuarial net loss, transition obligation and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net pension expense over the next fiscal year are $6.7 million, $0.1 million and $(1.1) million, respectively. The prior service cost for the other retirement benefit plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net pension expense over the next fiscal year is $0.1 million.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $223.3 million and $229.5 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, including $27.9 million and $37.3 million, respectively, for international pension plans.

The aggregate projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $225.2 million and $152.2 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and $48.6 million and $20.8 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2007. The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $223.3 million and $152.2 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and $46.4 million and $20.8 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2007.



Benefit payments expected to be paid under our defined benefit pension plans in the next ten years are as follows:

($ in millions)
 
Domestic Plans
   
International Plans
   
Total
 
2009
  $ 11.8     $ 1.0     $ 12.8  
2010
    13.2       1.1       14.3  
2011
    14.7       2.0       16.7  
2012
    16.5       1.1       17.6  
2013
    17.8       1.6       19.4  
2014 to 2018
    111.6       9.1       120.7  
    $ 185.6     $ 15.9     $ 201.5  

In 2009, we expect to contribute approximately $12.0 million to pension plans, of which $1.5 million is for international plans. Included in this amount is a voluntary contribution to the U.S. qualified pension plan of $10.0 million, which was made in January 2009. We also expect to contribute $1.1 million to other retirement plans in 2009.  We periodically consider additional, voluntary contributions depending on the investment returns generated by pension plan assets, changes in benefit obligation projections and other factors.

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

   
Pension benefits
   
Other retirement benefits
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Discount rate
    6.22 %     5.86 %     5.52 %     6.00 %     5.70 %     5.65 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.85 %     4.73 %     4.68 %     -       -       -  
Long-term rate of return on assets
    7.79 %     7.86 %     7.85 %     -       -       -  

Weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations are as follows:

   
Pension benefits
   
Other retirement benefits
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2008
   
2007
 
Discount rate
    6.46 %     6.15 %     6.25 %     6.00 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.85 %     4.73 %     -       -  

The discount rate used to determine the benefit obligations for U.S. pension plans was 6.50% and 6.25% for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The weighted average discount rate used to determine the benefit obligations for all international plans was 6.17% and 5.67% for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The rate of compensation increase for U.S. plans was 5.00% for all years presented while the weighted average rate for all international plans was 2.66% for 2008 and 2.88% for 2007.  Other retirement benefits were only available to U.S. employees. The long-term rate of return for U.S. plans, which accounts for 91% of global plan assets, was 8.00% for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

The assumed healthcare cost trend rate used to determine benefit obligations is 8.50% for all participants in 2008, decreasing to 5.00% by 2014. Increasing or decreasing the assumed healthcare cost trend rate by one percentage point would result in a $0.8 million increase or decrease, respectively, in the postretirement obligation. The assumed healthcare cost trend rate used to determine net periodic benefit cost is 9.50% for all participants in 2008, decreasing to 5.50% by 2012. The effect of a one percentage point change in the rate would result in a $0.1 million increase or decrease in the aggregate service and interest cost components.



The weighted average asset allocations by asset category for our pension plans, at December 31, are as follows:

   
2008
   
2007
 
Equity securities
    61 %     66 %
Debt securities
    39 %     33 %
Cash
    -       1 %
      100 %     100 %

Our U.S. pension plan is managed as a balanced portfolio comprised of two components: equity and fixed income debt securities. Equity investments are used to maximize the long-term real growth of fund assets, while fixed income investments are used to generate current income, provide for a more stable periodic return, and to provide some protection against a prolonged decline in the market value of equity investments. Temporary funds may be held as cash. We maintain a long-term strategic asset allocation policy which provides guidelines for ensuring that the fund's investments are managed with the short-term and long-term financial goals of the fund but provide the flexibility to allow for changes in capital markets.

The following are our target asset allocations and acceptable allocation ranges:

   
Target allocation
   
Allocation range
 
Equity securities
   
65%
     
60%-70%
 
Debt securities
   
35%
     
30%-40%
 
Other
   
0%
     
0%-5%
 

Diversification across and within asset classes is the primary means by which we mitigate risk. We maintain guidelines for all asset and sub-asset categories in order to avoid excessive investment concentrations. Fund assets are monitored on a regular basis. If at any time the fund asset allocation is not within the acceptable allocation range, funds will be reallocated. We also review the fund on a regular basis to ensure that the investment returns received are consistent with the short-term and long-term goals of the fund and with comparable market returns. We are prohibited from pledging of securities and from investing pension fund assets in the following: our own stock, securities on margin and derivative securities.

We provide certain post-employment benefits for terminated and disabled employees, including severance pay, disability-related benefits and healthcare benefits. These costs are accrued over the employee's active service period or, under certain circumstances, at the date of the event triggering the benefit.

Note 14: Fair Value Measurements

On January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”) for financial assets and liabilities. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Although the adoption of SFAS 157 did not change our valuation of assets or liabilities, we are now required to provide additional disclosures as part of our financial statements.

SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. SFAS 157 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that classifies the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into one of the following three levels:

·  
Level 1 : Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

·  
Level 2 : Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

·  
Level 3 : Unobservable inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions.


The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the balance sheet:

         
Basis of Fair Value Measurements
 
   
Balance at
                   
   
December 31,
                   
($ in millions)
 
2008
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
Assets:
                       
Short-term investments (a)
  $ 4.3     $ -     $ 4.3     $ -  
Deferred compensation asset (b)
    2.8       2.8       -       -  
Long-term investments (a)
    0.8       -       0.8       -  
    $ 7.9     $ 2.8     $ 5.1     $ -  
Liabilities:
                               
Foreign currency hedge contracts (c)
  $ 2.0     $ -     $ 2.0     $ -  
Interest rate swap contracts (d)
    8.2       -       8.2       -  
    $ 10.2     $ -     $ 10.2     $ -  

(a)
Represents our remaining investment in the Columbia Strategic Cash Portfolio Fund. See discussion below regarding valuation.
(b)
Included in other assets. Valuation is based on quoted market prices in an active market.
(c)
Included in other current liabilities. Valued using quoted forward foreign exchange rates and spot rates at the reporting date.
(d)
Included in other long-term liabilities. Valued using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the terms of the contract and observable market inputs (i.e. LIBOR, Eurodollar forward rates, and swap spreads).

In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active.” This FSP clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. FSP No. 157-3 was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements had not been issued. We considered this guidance in our determination of fair values as of December 31, 2008.

Columbia Strategic Cash Portfolio Fund

We hold an investment in the Columbia Strategic Cash Portfolio Fund, which is an enhanced cash fund that includes investments in certain asset-backed securities and structured investment vehicles that are collateralized by sub-prime mortgage securities or related to mortgage securities, among other assets. In December 2007, as a result of adverse market conditions, the fund ceased accepting cash redemption requests and changed to a floating net asset value. The fund then began an orderly liquidation that is expected to continue through 2009 and has restricted redemptions to a pro-rata distribution of the underlying securities held by the fund. Our initial investment in 2007 was $25.0 million and a total of $2.3 million had been redeemed in December of 2007. During 2008, we received an additional $16.8 million in redemptions.

We assessed the fair value of the fund based on the value of the underlying securities as determined by  fund management. This value was determined using a market approach, which employs various indications of value including, but not limited to, broker-dealer quotations and other widely available market data. During 2008, we recognized an unrealized loss of $1.4 million related to these securities, which was recorded within interest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. At the end of 2008, an investment balance of $5.1 million remained, with $4.3 million in short-term investments and $0.8 million in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet, reflecting information received from the fund manager regarding the expected timing of distributions. These investments are subject to credit, liquidity, market and interest rate risks, and there may be further declines in the value up to the carrying amount of this investment.



Note 15: Financial Instruments

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and short-term debt, due to their short maturity, are held at carrying values that approximate fair value. Interest rate swaps are valued using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the terms of the contract and observable market inputs, and foreign exchange hedge contracts are valued using quoted forward foreign exchange rates and spot rates at the reporting date. The fair values of long-term debt and derivative financial instruments are based on quoted market prices or pricing models using current market rates. The estimated fair value of our short- and long-term debt was $319.0 million and $375.1 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we held investments in the Columbia Strategic Cash Portfolio Fund totaling $5.1 million and $23.3 million, respectively. We assessed the fair value of the fund based on the value of the underlying securities as determined by the fund management.  See Note 14, Fair Value Measurements , for further discussion.

We account for derivatives under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” as amended by SFAS No. 138 and SFAS No. 149. The standard requires that all derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value and establishes criteria for designation and effectiveness of the hedging relationships. We use certain derivative financial instruments to enhance our ability to manage risk, including interest rate, foreign currency and commodity risks that exist as part of ongoing business operations. Derivative instruments are entered into for periods consistent with and for notional amounts equal to or less than the related underlying exposures. We do not purchase or hold any derivative financial instruments for investment or trading purposes.

On July 28, 2005, we entered into two interest-rate swap agreements to protect against volatility in the interest rates payable on Series A and B floating rate notes. The first interest rate swap agreement has a seven-year term with a notional amount of $50.0 million under which we will receive variable interest rate payments based on three-month LIBOR in return for making quarterly fixed payments. The second interest rate swap agreement has a ten-year term with a notional amount of $25.0 million under which we receive variable interest rate payments based on 3-month LIBOR in return for making quarterly fixed payments. The interest-rate swap agreements effectively fix the interest rates payable on the Series A and B floating rate notes at 5.32% and 5.51%, respectively. The fair value of these agreements was $8.2 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

We have entered into a series of foreign currency hedge contracts which are designed to eliminate the currency risk associated with forecasted U.S. dollar (USD) denominated raw material and other inventory purchases made by certain European subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2008, there were eleven monthly contracts outstanding at $0.9 million each, for an aggregate notional amount of $9.9 million. The fair value of these contracts at December 31, 2008 was $0.5 million and was recorded within other current liabilities. The last contract matures on December 15, 2009. The contracts effectively fix the Euro to USD exchange rate for 40% of our anticipated needs at a maximum of 1.2800 USD per Euro while allowing us to benefit from any currency movement between 1.2800 and 1.4620 USD per Euro. As of December 31, 2008, the Euro was equal to 1.4094 USD.

In addition to these contracts, we had other forward currency contracts hedging various obligations for a fair value of $1.5 million and $0.1 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Note 16: Stock-Based Compensation

At December 31, 2008, there were approximately 2,832,135 shares remaining in the 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2007 Plan”) for future grants. The 2007 Plan provides for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance vesting share awards, performance vesting unit awards, and other stock awards to employees and non-employee directors. The terms and conditions of awards to be granted are determined by our Board’s nominating and compensation committees. Vesting requirements vary by award.


Stock options and stock appreciation rights reduce the number of shares available for grant by one share for each share granted. All other awards under the 2007 Plan will reduce the total number of shares available for grant by an amount equal to 2.5 times the number of shares awarded. If any awards made under the 2004 Stock-Based Compensation Plan would entitle a plan participant to an amount of Company stock in excess of the target amount, the additional shares (up to a maximum threshold) would also be distributed under the 2007 Plan.

The following table summarizes our stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31:

($ in millions)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Stock option and appreciation rights
  $ 3.3     $ 3.0     $ 2.4  
Performance vesting shares
    1.8       3.2       3.5  
Performance vesting units
    0.1       0.1       0.2  
Performance vesting shares/units dividend equivalents
    0.1       0.1       -  
Employee stock purchase plan
    0.4       0.4       0.2  
Deferred compensation plans
    0.7       (1.7 )     8.2  
Total stock-based compensation expense
  $ 6.4     $ 5.1     $ 14.5  

The amount of unrecognized compensation expense for all nonvested awards as of December 31, 2008, was approximately $9.6 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years. This amount excludes the employee stock purchase plan.

Stock Options

Stock options granted to employees vest in equal annual increments over 4 years of continuous service, while the stock options granted to non-employee directors vest one year from the date of grant. All awards expire ten years from the date of grant. Upon the exercise of stock options, shares are issued in exchange for the exercise price of the options.

The following table summarizes changes in outstanding options:

(in millions, except per share data)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Options outstanding, January 1
    2.7       2.7       3.9  
Granted
    0.5       0.3       0.3  
Exercised
    (0.5 )     (0.2 )     (1.4 )
Forfeited
    (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )
Options outstanding, December 31
    2.6       2.7       2.7  
Options exercisable, December 31
    1.6       1.9       1.9  

                   
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Options outstanding, January 1
  $ 21.89     $ 18.32     $ 15.44  
Granted
    42.50       44.96       33.30  
Exercised
    14.09       15.10       13.69  
Forfeited
    39.87       17.81       19.95  
Options outstanding, December 31
  $ 29.91     $ 21.89     $ 18.32  
Options exercisable, December 31
  $ 20.64     $ 17.02     $ 15.12  

As of December 31, 2008, the weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and of options exercisable was 5.6 years and 4.4 years, respectively.

As of December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of total options outstanding was $28.3 million, of which $28.1 million represented vested options.


The fair value of the options was estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the following weighted average assumptions in 2008, 2007 and 2006: a risk-free interest rate of 3.0%, 4.5% and 4.7%, respectively; stock volatility of 24.5%, 30.3% and 29.3%, respectively; and dividend yields of 1.3%, 1.2% and 1.4%, respectively. Stock volatility is estimated based on historical data as well as any expected future trends.  Expected lives, which are based on prior experience, averaged 5 years for 2008 and 2007 and 6 years for options granted in 2006.  The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $9.94, $13.93 and $10.86, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the intrinsic value of options exercised was $18.0 million, $9.0 million and $34.0 million respectively.  The grant date fair value of options vested during those same periods was $3.0 million, $2.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) granted to eligible international employees vest in equal annual increments over 4 years of continuous service. All awards expire ten years from the date of grant. The fair value of each SAR is adjusted at the end of each reporting period with the resulting change reflected in expense. Upon exercise of a SAR, the employee receives cash for the difference between the grant price and the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date of exercise. As a result of the cash settlement feature, SAR awards are recorded within other long-term liabilities.

The following table summarizes changes in outstanding SARs:

   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
SARs outstanding, January 1
    40,339       22,154       -  
Granted
    24,062       20,413       22,154  
Exercised
    (4,208 )     (557 )     -  
Forfeited
    (4,181 )     (1,671 )     -  
SARs outstanding, December 31
    56,012       40,339       22,154  
SARs exercisable, December 31
    10,196       4,979       -  
                         
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
SARs outstanding, January 1
  $ 38.85     $ 32.59     $ -  
Granted
    41.70       44.97       32.59  
Exercised
    32.59       32.59       -  
Forfeited
    40.39       32.59       -  
SARs outstanding, December 31
  $ 40.43     $ 38.85     $ 32.59  
SARs exercisable, December 31
  $ 37.98     $ 32.59     $ -  

Performance Awards

In addition to stock options and SAR awards, we grant performance vesting share (“PVS”) awards and performance vesting unit (“PVU”) awards.  These awards are based on the Company’s performance against pre-established targets, including annual growth rate of revenue and return on invested capital (“ROIC”), over a specified performance period. Depending on the achievement of the targets, recipients of PVS awards are entitled to receive a certain number of shares of common stock, whereas, recipients of PVU awards are entitled to receive a payment in cash per unit based on the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the end of the performance period.



The following table summarizes changes in our outstanding PVS awards:

   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Non-vested PVS awards, January 1
    261,131       275,145       319,899  
Granted at target level
    158,795       94,571       89,012  
Above target awards
    45,015       66,391       28,950  
Vested and converted
    (123,891 )     (171,891 )     (144,750 )
Forfeited
    (10,592 )     (3,085 )     (17,966 )
Non-vested PVS awards, December 31
    330,458       261,131       275,145  
                         
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Non-vested PVS awards, January 1
  $ 34.81     $ 25.35     $ 21.00  
Granted at target level
    42.45       44.96       32.69  
Above target awards
    24.86       19.41       19.41  
Vested and converted
    25.14       19.41       19.41  
Forfeited
    40.28       28.79       22.67  
Non-vested PVS awards, December 31
  $ 40.62     $ 34.81     $ 25.35  

The actual payout of PVS awards may vary from 0% to 200% of an employee’s targeted amount.  The fair value of PVS awards is based on the market price of our stock at the grant date and is recognized as an expense over the performance period. The weighted average grant date fair value of PVS awards granted during the years 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $42.45, $44.96 and $32.69, respectively. We expect that the PVS awards will vest at 65% of their target award amounts converting to 223,000 shares to be issued over an average remaining term of 1.8 years.

In addition to the PVS awards, we granted 8,523 PVU awards in 2008. The fair value of PVU awards is also based on the market price of our stock at the grant date. These awards are revalued at the end of each quarter based on changes in our stock price. As a result of the cash settlement feature, PVU awards are recorded within other long-term liabilities.

The following table summarizes our PVU awards outstanding as of December 31, 2008, and changes during the year then ended:

   
PVU awards
   
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value per award
 
Non-vested PVU awards, January 1
    12,632     $ 38.29  
Granted at target level
    8,523       41.70  
Above target awards
    -       -  
Vested and converted
    -       -  
Forfeited
    (1,809 )     37.73  
Non-vested PVU awards, December 31
    19,346     $ 39.85  

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We also offer an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) which provides for the sale of our common stock to substantially all employees at 85% of the current market price on the last trading day of each quarterly offering period. Payroll deductions are limited to 25% of the employee's base salary. In addition, employees may not buy more than 1,000 shares during any offering period (4,000 shares per year) nor can they buy more than $25 thousand worth of stock in any one calendar year. Purchases under the ESPP were 53,029 shares, 50,181 shares and 31,719 shares for the years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  At December 31, 2008, there were approximately 2.4 million shares available for issuance under the ESPP.



Deferred Compensation Plans

Our deferred compensation programs include a Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, under which non-employee directors may defer all or part of their annual cash retainers and meeting fees. The deferred fees may be credited to a stock-equivalent account. Amounts credited to this account are converted into deferred stock units based on the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the last day of the quarter. Deferred stock units are ultimately paid in cash at an amount determined by multiplying the number of units by the fair market value of our common stock at the date of termination. Similarly, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for designated executive officers provides for the investment in deferred stock units. As of December 31, 2008, the two deferred compensation plans held a total of 294,809 deferred stock units, which, due to their cash settlement feature, are recorded within other long-term liabilities. The liabilities are valued at the closing market price of our stock at the end of each period with the resulting change in value recorded in our income statement for the respective period. The Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors also holds 39,859 deferred stock awards.

Management Incentive Plan
 
Under our management incentive plan, participants are paid bonuses on the attainment of certain financial goals, which they can elect to receive in either cash or shares of our common stock.  If the employee elects payment in shares, they are also given a restricted incentive stock award equal to one share for each four bonus shares issued.  The incentive stock awards vest at the end of four years provided that the participant has not made a disqualifying disposition of their bonus shares. Incentive stock award grants were 5,700 shares, 4,800 shares and 5,200 shares in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Incentive stock forfeitures of 600 shares, 1,200 shares and 1,900 shares occurred in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period based on the fair market value of common stock on the award date: $41.70 per share granted in 2008, $44.97 per share granted in 2007 and $32.59 per share granted in 2006.

Note 17: Commitments and Contingencies

At December 31, 2008, we were obligated under various operating lease agreements with terms ranging from one month to 20 years. Net rental expense in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $11.2 million, $10.6 million and $11.4 million, respectively, and is net of sublease income of $0.7 million annually for the same years.

At December 31, 2008, future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases were:

Year
 
($ in millions)
 
2009
  $ 11.2  
2010
    10.0  
2011
    8.6  
2012
    7.8  
2013
    3.5  
Thereafter
    20.2  
Total
    61.3  
Less sublease income
    2.7  
    $ 58.6  

At December 31, 2008, outstanding unconditional contractual commitments for the purchase of raw materials and utilities amounted to $12.8 million, of which, $12.6 million is due to be paid in 2009.

We have letters of credit totaling $5.1 million supporting the reimbursement of workers’ compensation and other claims paid on our behalf by insurance carriers and to guarantee the payment of equipment leases in Ireland and sales tax liabilities in the U.S. Our accrual for insurance obligations was $5.2 million at December 31, 2008.



On February 2, 2006, we settled a lawsuit filed in connection with the January 2003 explosion and related fire at our Kinston, N.C. plant. Our monetary contribution was limited to the balance of our deductibles under applicable insurance policies, all of which has been previously recorded in our financial statements. The settlement concluded all litigation related to the Kinston accident in which we have been named a defendant.  In regards to the same incident, we continue to be a party, but not a defendant, in a lawsuit brought by injured workers against a number of our third-party suppliers. We believe exposure in that case is limited to amounts we and our workers’ compensation insurance carrier would otherwise be entitled to receive by way of subrogation from the plaintiffs.

During 2007, a detailed review was performed of several related tax cases pending in the Brazilian courts, which indicated that it was probable that the positions taken on our previous tax filings, some of which date back to the late 1990’s, would not be sustained. This matter is currently awaiting final disposition in the Brazilian court system. Our total accrual at December 31, 2008 and 2007 related to these matters was $6.7 million and $21.3 million, respectively. During 2008, payments of income and other tax-related liabilities in Brazil totaled $12.7 million. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we made judicial deposits totaling $11.7 million to the government of Brazil in order to discontinue any further interest or penalties from accruing on these matters.

We have accrued, within other currently liabilities, the estimated cost of environmental remediation expenses related to soil or ground water contamination at current and former manufacturing facilities.  We believe the accrual of $0.3 million at December 31, 2008 is sufficient to cover the future costs of these remedial actions.

Note 18: New Accounting Standards

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), "Business Combinations—a replacement of FASB Statement No. 141". This statement establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer recognizes and measures assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. This statement also provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of a business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2008. SFAS No. 141(R) will be applied prospectively to business combinations on or after January 1, 2009.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51". This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. It will be applied prospectively, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The adoption of this statement will require our minority interest balance to be reported as a component of shareholders’ equity beginning in the first quarter of 2009.

In December 2007, the FASB ratified Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 07-1, “Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements” (“EITF 07-1”). EITF 07-1 defines collaborative arrangements and establishes accounting and reporting requirements for transactions between participants in the arrangement and with third parties. EITF 07-1 provides guidance on the classification of payments between participants of the arrangement, the appropriate income statement presentation, as well as related disclosures. EITF 07-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of the effective date. Management believes that the adoption of EITF 07-1 will not have an impact on our financial statements.

In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157”, which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 one year for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except for those recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. FSP No. 157-2 is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009.



In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an Amendment of FASB Statement 133.” This statement requires enhanced disclosures regarding derivatives and hedging activities, including information about how: (a) an entity uses derivative instruments; (b) derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FASB Statement No.133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities;” and (c) derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. As SFAS No. 161 only requires enhanced disclosures, management believes its adoption will not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.” This FSP amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The disclosure requirements are to be applied prospectively to all intangible assets recognized as of, and subsequent to, the effective date. Management believes that the adoption of FSP No. FAS 142-3 will not have an impact on our financial statements.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities.” This FSP states that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Management believes that the adoption of FSP No. EITF 03-6-1 will not have an impact on our financial statements.

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.” This FSP expands the disclosure requirements relating to defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans including how investment allocation decisions are made and the investment policies and strategies that support those decisions, major categories of plan assets, the input and valuation techniques used in measuring benefit plan assets at fair value, and significant concentrations of risk within plan assets. This FSP is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. As FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1 only requires enhanced disclosures, management has determined its adoption will not have a material impact on our financial statements.





Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of
West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.

 In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15 (a) (1), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule appearing under Item 15 (a) (2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated   financial statements.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for its defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans effective December 31, 2006 and the manner in which it accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in 2007.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.



Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 26, 2009



Quarterly Operating and Per Share Data (Unaudited)

($ in millions, except per share data)
 
First Quarter
(1)
   
Second Quarter (2)
   
Third Quarter (3)
   
Fourth Quarter (4)
   
Full Year
 
2008
                             
Net sales
  $ 270.7     $ 279.3     $ 256.2     $ 244.9     $ 1,051.1  
Gross profit
    83.5       83.6       66.0       69.5       302.6  
Income from continuing operations
    26.2       28.7       13.3       17.8       86.0  
Discontinued operations, net
    -       -       -       -       -  
Net income
  $ 26.2     $ 28.7     $ 13.3     $ 17.8     $ 86.0  
Basic earnings per share
                                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.81     $ 0.89     $ 0.41     $ 0.54     $ 2.65  
Discontinued operations
    -       -       -       -       -  
    $ 0.81     $ 0.89     $ 0.41     $ 0.54     $ 2.65  
Diluted earnings per share
                                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.76     $ 0.82     $ 0.40     $ 0.52     $ 2.50  
Discontinued operations
    -       -       -       -       -  
    $ 0.76     $ 0.82     $ 0.40     $ 0.52     $ 2.50  
2007
                                       
Net sales
  $ 257.6     $ 263.7     $ 242.7     $ 256.1     $ 1,020.1  
Gross profit
    80.4       76.7       64.3       70.4       291.8  
Income from continuing operations
    26.5       26.5       12.2       6.0       71.2  
Discontinued operations, net
    -       (0.5 )     -       -       (0.5 )
Net income
  $ 26.5     $ 26.0     $ 12.2     $ 6.0     $ 70.7  
Basic earnings per share
                                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.81     $ 0.80     $ 0.37     $ 0.19     $ 2.18  
Discontinued operations
    -       (0.01 )     -       -       (0.02 )
    $ 0.81     $ 0.79     $ 0.37     $ 0.19     $ 2.16  
Diluted earnings per share
                                       
Continuing operations
  $ 0.77     $ 0.74     $ 0.36     $ 0.19     $ 2.06  
Discontinued operations
    -       (0.01 )     -       -       (0.01 )
    $ 0.77     $ 0.73     $ 0.36     $ 0.19     $ 2.05  

The sum of the individual per share amounts does not equal full year due to rounding.

Factors affecting the comparability of the information reflected in the quarterly data:

(1)  
Net income in the first quarter of 2008 included $0.7 million ($0.02 per diluted share) of restructuring and related charges, a net gain on contract settlement of $0.8 million ($0.03 per diluted share) and discrete tax benefits of $1.1 million ($0.03 per diluted share).
(2)  
Second quarter 2008 net income included $0.9 million ($0.02 per diluted share) of restructuring and related charges in the second quarter of 2008 and a net gain on contract settlement of $4.2 million ($0.11 per diluted share). Net income in the second quarter of 2007 included discrete tax benefits of $2.4 million ($0.06 per diluted share).
(3)  
In the third quarter of 2008, net income from continuing operations included contract settlement costs of $1.1 million ($0.03 per diluted share) and discrete tax benefits of $2.2 million ($0.06 per diluted share). The third quarter of 2007 net income included a discrete tax benefit of $4.1 million ($0.11 per diluted share) and our provision for Brazilian tax issues of $6.4 million ($0.17 per diluted share).
(4)  
Net income included $0.3 million ($0.01 per diluted share) of restructuring and related charges in the fourth quarter of 2008, contract settlement costs of $1.2 million ($0.04 per diluted share) and a discrete tax benefit of $0.3 million ($0.01 per diluted share). Net income in the fourth quarter of 2007 included a discrete tax benefit of $1.7 million ($0.04 per diluted share), $2.3 million ($0.07 per diluted share) of restructuring and related charges, an impairment loss on our Nektar customer contract intangible asset of $8.4 million ($0.23 per diluted share) and our provision for Brazilian tax issues of $2.3 million ($0.06 per diluted share).


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE .

None.

ITEM 9A .   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.  Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2008 our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The management of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 based on the framework established in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Based on this assessment, management has determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered pubic accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Controls
We are in the process of implementing SAP, an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, over a multi-year period for our North American operations. During the second quarter of 2008, we successfully replaced our financial reporting, cash disbursement and order-to-cash systems. The second phase of this SAP project will focus on procurement and plant operations. The implementation of the second phase started in late 2008 and is expected to continue on a plant-by-plant basis through 2009. These implementations have resulted in certain changes to business processes and internal controls impacting financial reporting. We have evaluated the control environment as affected by this project and believe that our controls remained effective.

During the period covered by this report, there have been no other changes to our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

None.



PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE .
 
Information about our Directors is incorporated by reference from the discussion under Proposals Requiring Your Vote - Item #1–Election of Directors and Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance; Governance of the Company – Governance Information – Code of Business Conduct; Governance of the Company – Board and Committee Membership in our 2009 Proxy Statement.
 
Information about our Audit Committee, including the members of the committee, and our Audit Committee financial experts, is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the headings Governance of the Company – Board and Committee Membership   – The Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Experts in our 2009 Proxy Statement. Information about the West Code of Business Conduct governing our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer, and our Directors, is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading Governance of the Company – Governance Information – Code of Business Conduct in our 2009 Proxy Statement. We intend to post any amendments to, or waivers from, our Code of Business Conduct on our website, www.westpharma.com.  The balance of the information required by this item is contained in the discussion entitled Executive Officers of the Company in Part I of this 2008 Form 10-K.
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION .
 
Information about director compensation is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading Compensation of Non-Employee Directors – 2008 Director Compensation Table in our 2009 Proxy Statement . Information about executive compensation is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the headings Governance of the Company – Board and Committee Membership – The Compensation Committee; Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis; Executive Compensation – Executive Compensation Tables – 2008 Summary Compensation Table; 2008 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table; Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2008; 2008 Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table; 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table; 2008 Pension Benefits Table; Executive Compensation – Estimated Payments Following Severance and Payments Upon Termination in Connection With a Change in Control in our 2009 Proxy Statement.

Information about director independence is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading Governance of the Company – Director Independence in our 2009 Proxy Statement.  Information about board and committee meeting attendance is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading Governance of the Company – Meetings of the Board and its Committees in our 2009 Proxy Statement.  Information about our nominating, audit and compensation committees is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading Governance of the Company – Board and Committee Membership in our 2009 Proxy Statement.  Information about communication with the board is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading Governance of the Company – Governance Information – Communicating with the Board in our 2009 Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS .
 
Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the headings Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management in our 2009 Proxy Statement.
 


Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth information about the grants of stock options, restricted stock or other rights under all of the Company’s equity compensation plans as of the close of business on December 31, 2008. The table does not include information about tax-qualified plans such as the West 401(k) Plan.

Plan Category
Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants
and Rights (a)
Weighted-Average Exercise
Price of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights (b)
Number of Securities Remaining
Available for Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in Column (a)) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
2,608,580 (1)
$26.91
5,174,568 (2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
-
-
-
Total
2,608,580
$26.91
5,174,568

(1)
Includes 445,721 outstanding stock options under the 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, 1,319,837 outstanding stock options under the 2004 Stock-Based Compensation Plan, which was terminated in 2007, 791,022 outstanding stock options under the 1998 Key Employee Incentive Compensation Plan, which was terminated in 2004, 52,000 outstanding options under the 1999 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, which was terminated in 2004.  No future grants or awards may be made under the terminated plans.  Does not include stock-equivalent units granted or credited to directors under the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors because such units are settled only in cash and do not involve the issuance of any option, warrant or right to acquire the Company’s common stock or other securities.
 
(2)
Represents 2,360,795 shares reserved under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 2,813,773 shares remaining available for issuance under the 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation   Plan.  The estimated number of shares that could be issued for the current period from the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is 1,145,000.  This number of shares is calculated by multiplying the 1,000 share per offering period per participant limit by 1,145, the number of current participants in the plan.
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE .
 
Information called for by this Item is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading Governance of the Company – Director Qualifications and Director Independence in our 2009 Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES .
 
Information called for by this Item is incorporated by reference from the discussions under the headings Governance of the Company – Board and Committee Membership – The Audit Committee; Proposals Requiring Your Vote – Item #2 – Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Policy on Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services, Audit and Non-Audit Fees and Audit Committee Report in our 2009 Proxy Statement.
 


PART IV

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES .

(a) 1.  Financial Statements

The following documents are included in Part II, Item 8:

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(a) 2.  Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

($ in millions)
 
Balance at beginning of period
   
Charged to costs and expenses
   
Deductions (1)
   
Balance at
end of period
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008
                       
Allowances deducted from assets
                       
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
  $ 27.0     $ 0.2     $ (3.8 )   $ 23.4  
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable
    0.6       0.3       (0.2 )     0.7  
Total allowances deducted from assets
  $ 27.6     $ 0.5     $ (4.0 )   $ 24.1  
                                 
For the year ended December 31, 2007
                               
Allowances deducted from assets
                               
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
  $ 25.3     $ 4.9     $ (3.2 )   $ 27.0  
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable
    0.9       -       (0.3 )     0.6  
Total allowances deducted from assets
  $ 26.2     $ 4.9     $ (3.5 )   $ 27.6  
                                 
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                               
Allowances deducted from assets
                               
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
  $ 24.3     $ 2.5     $ (1.5 )   $ 25.3  
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable
    1.0       0.1       (0.2 )     0.9  
Total allowances deducted from assets
  $ 25.3     $ 2.6     $ (1.7 )   $ 26.2  
__________________________
(1)  
Includes accounts receivable written off, translation adjustments and reversals of prior year valuation allowances.

All other schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable, not required or because the information required is contained in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(a) 3.
Exhibits - An index of the exhibits included in this Form 10-K Report or incorporated by reference is contained on pages F-1 through F-5.  Exhibit numbers 10.1 through 10.55 are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.
(b)
See subsection (a) 3. above.
(c)
Financial Statements of affiliates are omitted because they do not meet the tests of a significant subsidiary at the 20% level.

75


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.
(Registrant)



By: /s/ William J. Federici
William J. Federici
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer



February 26, 2009



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Donald E. Morel, Jr., Ph.D
Director, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
February 24, 2009
Donald E. Morel, Jr., Ph.D
of the Board, (Principal Executive Officer)
 
     
/s/ Joseph E. Abbott
Vice President and Corporate Controller
February 24, 2009
Joseph E. Abbott
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
     
/s/ William J. Federici
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
February 24, 2009
William J. Federici
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
     
/s/ Thomas W. Hofmann
Director
February 24, 2009
Thomas W. Hofmann*
   
     
/s/ L. Robert Johnson
Director
February 24, 2009
L. Robert Johnson*
   
     
/s/ Paula A. Johnson
Director
February 24, 2009
Paula A. Johnson*
   
     
/s/ John P. Neafsey
Director
February 24, 2009
John P. Neafsey*
   
     
/s/ John H. Weiland
Director
February 24, 2009
John H. Weiland*
   
     
/s/ Anthony Welters
Director
February 24, 2009
Anthony Welters*
   
     
/s/ Geoffrey F. Worden
Director
February 24, 2009
Geoffrey F. Worden*
   
     
/s/ Robert C. Young
Director
February 24, 2009
Robert C. Young*
   
     
/s/ Patrick J. Zenner
Director
February 24, 2009
Patrick J. Zenner*
   



* By John R. Gailey III pursuant to a power of attorney.


EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit Number
Description
3.1
Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation effective December 17, 2007 are incorporated by reference from our Form 8-K dated December 17, 2007.
 
3.2
Our Bylaws, as amended effective October 14, 2008 are incorporated by reference from our Form 8-K dated October 20, 2008.
 
4.1
Form of stock certificate for common stock is incorporated by reference from our 1998 10-K report.
 
4.2
Article 5, 6, 8(c) and 9 of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation are incorporated by reference from our 1998 10-K report.
 
4.3
Article I and V of our Bylaws, as amended through October 14, 2008 are incorporated by reference from our Form 8-K dated October 20, 2008.
 
4.4 (1)
Instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of West and its subsidiaries have been omitted.
 
10.1
Lease dated as of December 31, 1992 between Lion Associates, L.P. and us relating to the lease of our headquarters in Lionville, Pa. is incorporated by reference from our 1992 10-K report.
 
10.2
First Addendum to Lease dated as of May 22, 1995 between Lion Associates, L.P. and us is incorporated by reference from our 1995 10-K report.
 
10.3
Lease dated as of December 14, 1999 between White Deer Warehousing & Distribution Center, Inc. and us relating to the lease of our site in Montgomery, Pa. is incorporated by reference from our 2002 10-K report.
 
10.4   (2)
 
1999 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, effective as of April 27, 1999 (now terminated) is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended June 30, 1999.
10.5   (2)
 
Amendment No. 1 to 1999 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, effective October 30, 2001 is incorporated by reference from our 2001 10-K report.
10.6   (2)
 
Form of Second Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement between us and certain of our executive officers dated as of March 25, 2000 is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended March 31, 2000.
10.7   (2)
 
Form of Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement dated as of May 1, 2001 between us and certain of our executive officers is incorporated by reference from our 2001 10-K report.
10.8   (2)
 
Form of Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement between us and certain of our executive officers, dated as of various dates in December 2008.
10.9   (2)
 
Schedule of agreements with executive officers.
10.10   (2)
 
Award Letter dated July 28, 2008 between us and Matthew T. Mullarkey (relating to the 2007-2009 performance period) incorporated by reference from our Form 8-K dated July 28, 2008.



Exhibit Number
Description
10.11   (2)
 Award Letter dated July 28, 2008 between us and Matthew T. Mullarkey (relating to the 2008-2010 performance period) incorporated by reference from  our Form 8-K dated July 28, 2008.
 
10.12   (2)
 
Severance and Non-Competition Agreement dated July 28, 2008 between us and Matthew T. Mullarkey incorporated by reference from our Form 8-K dated July 28, 2008.
10.13   (2)
 
Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of October 5, 1994, between us and Steven A. Ellers, incorporated by reference from our 2007 10-K report.
10.14   (2)
 
Employment Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2002, between us and Donald E. Morel, Jr. is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.
10.15   (2)
 
Amendment #1 to the Employment Agreement between us and Donald E. Morel, Jr., dated as of December 19, 2008.
10.16   (2)
 
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2002 between us and Donald E. Morel, Jr. is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.
10.17   (2)
 
Supplemental Employees' Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008.
10.18   (2)
 
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Designated Employees, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008.
10.19   (2)
 
Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008.
10.20   (2)
 
1998 Key Employee Incentive Compensation Plan, dated March 10, 1998 (now terminated) is incorporated by reference from our 1997 10-K report.
10.21   (2)
 
Amendment No. 1 to 1998 Key Employees Incentive Compensation Plan, effective October 30, 2001 is incorporated by reference from our 2001 10-K report.
10.22   (2)
 
2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan effective as of May 1, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 4, 2007.
10.23   (2)
 
2004 Stock-Based Compensation Plan (now terminated) is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement for the 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
10.24   (2)
 
Form of Director 2004 Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement, issued pursuant to the 2004 Stock-Based Compensation Plan is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.
10.25   (2)
 
Form of Director 2004 Stock Unit Award Agreement, issued pursuant to the 2004 Stock-Based Compensation Plan is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.
10.26   (2)
 
Form of Director 2004 Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, issued pursuant to the 2004 Stock-Based Compensation Plan is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.
   



Exhibit Number
Description
10.27   (2)
 
Form of Executive 2005 Bonus and Incentive Share Award Notice is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended September 30, 2005.
10.28   (2)
 
Form of Executive 2005 Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Notice is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended September 30, 2005.
10.29   (2)
 
Form of Director 2005 Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Notice is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended September 30, 2005.
10.30   (2)
 
Form of Director 2005 Stock Unit Share Award Notice is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended September 30, 2005.
10.31   (2)
 
Form of Executive 2006 Bonus and Incentive Share Award is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
10.32   (2)
 
Form of Executive 2006 Non-Qualified Stock Option Award is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
10.33   (2)
 
Form of 2006 Performance-Vesting Restricted (“PVR”) Share Award is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
10.34   (2)
 
Form of Director 2006 Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Notice is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.
10.35   (2)
 
Form of Director 2006 Stock Unit Award Notice is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.
10.36   (2)
 
Form of 2007 Bonus and Incentive Share Award, issued pursuant to the 2004 Stock-Based Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended March 31, 2007.
10.37   (2)
 
Form of 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option and Performance-Vesting Share Unit Award, issued pursuant to the 2004 Stock-Based Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended March 31, 2007.
10.38   (2)
 
Form of Director 2007 Deferred Stock Award, issued pursuant to the 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended June 30, 2007.
10.39   (2)
 
Form of 2008 Bonus and Incentive Share Award, issued pursuant to the 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended March 31, 2008.
10.40   (2)
 
Form of 2008 Non-Qualified Stock Option and Performance-Vesting Share Unit Award, issued pursuant to the 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended March 31, 2008.
10.41   (2)
 
Form of Director 2008 Deferred Stock Award, issued pursuant to the 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.



Exhibit Number
Description
10.42
Credit Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2004 among us, certain of our subsidiaries, the banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent is incorporated by reference from our 8-K report dated May 28, 2004.
 
10.43
First Amendment, dated as of May 18, 2005, between us, our direct and indirect subsidiaries listed on the signature pages thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions parties thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent for the Banks is incorporated by reference from our 8-K report dated May 25, 2005.
 
10.44
Third Amendment, dated as of February 28, 2006, among us and certain of our direct and indirect subsidiaries listed on the signature pages thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions parties to the Credit Agreement (as defined therein), and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent for the Banks, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the our Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 3, 2006.
 
10.45
Multi-Currency Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2006, among us and The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company, Pruco Life Insurance Company, Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey, American Skandia Life Assurance Corporation and Prudential Investment Management, Inc., is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 3, 2006.
 
10.46 (4)
Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, between us and The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended June 30, 2005.
 
10.47 (4)
Supply Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007, between us and Becton, Dickinson and Company is incorporated by reference from our 2007 10-K report.
 
10.48
Distributorship Agreement, dated January 25, 2007, between Daikyo Seiko, Ltd. and us is incorporated by reference from our 2006 10-K report.
 
10.49 (4)
Amended and Restated Technology Exchange and Cross License Agreement, dated January 25, 2007, between us and Daikyo Seiko, Ltd. is incorporated by reference from our 2006 10-K report.
 
10.50 (4)
2006-2010 Worldwide Butyl Polymer Supply/Purchase Agreement, entered into on October 6, 2006 and effective from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2010, between us and ExxonMobil Chemical Company is incorporated by reference from our 2006 10-K report.
 
10.51 (2)
Amendment to Letter Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2003, between us and Robert S. Hargesheimer is incorporated by reference from our 2003 10-K report.
 
10.52 (2)
Amendment #2 to Letter Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2008, between us and Robert S. Hargesheimer.
 
10.53 (2)
Letter Agreement dated as of March 30, 2006 between us and Donald E. Morel, Jr. is incorporated by reference from our 10-Q report for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.
 




Exhibit Number
Description
10.54 (3)
Share and Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2005, among us, West Pharmaceutical Services of Delaware, Inc., Medimop Medical Projects, Ltd., Medimop USA LLC and Freddy Zinger is incorporated by reference from our 8-K report dated July 8, 2005.
 
10.55
Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2005, among us and each of the purchasers listed on Schedule A thereto, is incorporated by reference from our 8-K report dated August 3, 2005.
 
12.
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
21.
Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
23.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
24.
Powers of Attorney.
 
31.1
Certification by the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
31.2
Certification by the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
32.1
Certification by the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
32.2
Certification by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 

 
(1)
We agree to furnish to the SEC, upon request, a copy of each instrument with respect to issuances of long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries.

(2)
Management compensatory plan.

(3)
We agree to furnish to the SEC, upon request, a copy of each exhibit to this Share and Interest Purchase Agreement.

( 4 )
Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request submitted to the SEC.


EXHIBIT 10.8

FORM OF
 
AMENDMENT #2 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT
 
THIS AMENDMENT #2 (the “Amendment”) TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT (the “CIC Agreement”), dated as of [DATE] between West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (the “Company”) and [NAME] (the “Executive”).
 
Background
 
At a meeting of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) on December 11, 2007, the Board approved amendments to each executive’s Change in Control Agreement primarily to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  The changes required by Code Section 409A are effective as of January 1, 2005, to the extent required by applicable regulations.
 
1.           Section 1(k) of the CIC Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
 
“ ‘(k) Savings/Deferred Comp Plan ’ means The Company’s 401(k) Plan, The Company’s Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Designated Employees and any successor plans or other similar plans established from time to time that may allow executive officers to defer taxation of compensation.”
 
2.           Section 3(a) is amended by striking the phrase “(y) could have been compelled to retire” and replacing it with the phrase “reaches normal retirement age,” in the flush paragraph beginning “provided, however…”
 
3.           Section 4 of the CIC Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“4.            Additional Payments.
 
(a)  
Gross-Up Payment .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if it is determined that any Payment would be subject to the excise tax imposed by section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any interest or penalties thereon, is herein referred to as an ‘ Excise Tax’ ), then Executive shall be entitled to an additional payment (a ‘ Gross-Up Payment ’) in an amount that will place Executive in the same after-tax economic position that Executive would have enjoyed if the Excise Tax had not applied to the Payment.
 
(b)  
Determination of Gross-Up Payment .  Subject to the provisions of Section 4(c), all determinations required under this Section 4, including whether a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of the Payments constituting excess parachute payments, and the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, shall be made by the accounting firm that was the Company's independent auditors immediately prior to the Change in Control (or, in default thereof, an accounting firm mutually agreed upon by the Company and Executive) (the ‘ Accounting Firm’ ), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to Executive and the Company within fifteen days of the Change in Control, the Termination Date or any other date reasonably requested by Executive or the Company on which a determination under this Section 4 is necessary or advisable.  If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Executive, the Company shall cause the Accounting Firm to provide Executive with an opinion that the Accounting Firm has substantial authority under the Code and Regulations not to report an Excise Tax on Executive's federal income tax return.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon Executive and the Company.  If the initial Gross-Up Payment is insufficient to cover the amount of the Excise Tax that is ultimately determined to be owing by Executive with respect to any Payment (hereinafter an ‘ Underpayment ’), the Company, after exhausting its remedies under Section 4(c) below, shall pay to Executive an additional Gross-Up Payment in respect of the Underpayment.
 
1

(c)  
Timing of Payment.   The Company shall pay to Executive the initial Gross-Up Payment or any required Underpayment (i) if the Executive is a ‘specified employee’ within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, on the later of (A) the date that is at least six months after the date of the Executive’s termination of employment or (B) the fifth business day following the receipt by Executive and the Company of the Accounting Firm's determination, or (ii) if the Executive is not a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A the fifth business day following the receipt by Executive and the Company of the Accounting Firm’s determination.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Gross-Up Payment or Underpayment must be paid on or before the end of the Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the applicable Excise Tax is payable.
 
(d)  
Procedures .  Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment.  Such notice shall be given as soon as practicable after Executive knows of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of the claim and the date on which the claim is requested to be paid.  Executive agrees not to pay the claim until the expiration of the thirty-day period following the date on which Executive notifies the Company, or such shorter period ending on the date the Taxes with respect to such claim are due (the ‘ Notice Period ’).  If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of the Notice Period that it desires to contest the claim, Executive shall:  (i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to the claim; (ii) take such action in connection with the claim as the Company may reasonably request, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Executive; (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in contesting the claim; and (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to the claim.  Executive shall permit the Company to control all proceedings related to the claim and, at its option, permit the Company to pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings, and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim.  If requested by the Company, Executive agrees either to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner and to prosecute such contest to a determination  before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts as the Company shall determine; provided , however , that, if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and pursue a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive on an after-tax and interest-free basis (the "Advance").  The Company's control of the contest related to the claim shall be limited to the issues related to the Gross-Up Payment and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issues raised by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authority.  If the Company does not notify Executive in writing prior to the end of the Notice Period of its desire to contest the claim, the Company shall pay to Executive an additional Gross-Up Payment in respect of the excess parachute payments that are the subject of the claim, and Executive agrees to pay the amount of the Excise Tax that is the subject of the claim to the applicable taxing authority in accordance with applicable law.  The Advance, any additional Gross-Up Payments and the reimbursement of any related costs, expenses or taxes payable under this Section 4(d) and/or Section 4(f) shall be made on or before the end of the Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which any additional taxes are payable by the Executive or if no additional taxes are payable the Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the audit or litigation is closed.
 
2

(e)  
Repayments .  If, after receipt by Executive of an Advance, Executive becomes entitled to a refund with respect to the claim to which such Advance relates, Executive shall pay the Company the amount of the refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after Taxes applicable thereto).  If, after receipt by Executive of an Advance, a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to the claim and the Company does not promptly notify Executive of its intent to contest the denial of refund, then the amount of the Advance shall not be required to be repaid by Executive and the amount thereof shall offset the amount of the additional Gross-Up Payment then owing to Executive.
 
(f)  
Further Assurances .  The Company shall indemnify Executive and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any costs, expenses, penalties, fines, interest or other liabilities ("Losses") incurred by Executive with respect to the exercise by the Company of any of its rights under this Section 4, including any Losses related to the Company's decision to contest a claim or any imputed income to Executive resulting from any Advance or action taken on Executive's behalf by the Company hereunder.  Subject to the last sentence of Section 4(d), the Company shall pay all legal fees and expenses incurred under this Section 4 and shall promptly reimburse Executive, or cause the Trust to reimburse Executive, for the reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in connection with any actions taken by the Company or required to be taken by Executive hereunder.  The Company shall also pay all of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm, including the fees and expenses related to the opinion referred to in Section 4(b).”
 
4.           Section 5 of the CIC Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“5.   Payment of Severance Compensation.
 
(a)           Unless Executive elects otherwise on or before December 31, 2008 in accordance with Section 5(b), the severance compensation set forth in Section 3(a) will be payable in 36 equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the month in which Executive’s employment terminates.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive is a ‘specified employee’ within the meaning of Code section 409A, the first six monthly installments shall be paid in a lump sum on the first day of the month following or coincident with the date that is six months following the Executive’s termination of employment and all remaining monthly installments shall be paid monthly.
 
(b)           Executive may make an election to receive severance compensation payable under Section 3(a) in a lump sum or to defer payments by filing a written election with the Company on or before December 31, 2008, which specifies the time at which payments are to be made and the amounts of such payments.  The payment of such severance compensation must commence no earlier than the first business day of the calendar year following the termination of Executive’s employment and must be completed no later than the third calendar year following the attainment of normal retirement age under the Retirement Plan.”
 
5.           Section 12(d) of the CIC Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end:
 
“The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof or Exhibit hereto shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.”
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date written below.
 
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:                                                                           WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.
 

 
___________________________________                                             /s/ Richard D. Luzzi
[NAME]                                                                                            Richard D. Luzzi
               Vice President, Human Resources
 
DATED:   ____________________________                                         DATED:  __________________________________
 

 

J:\Benefit Plans\Change in Control Agreements\409A Amendments\409A Amendment to CIC Agreements.doc  v. 36


 
3

 



Exhibit 10.9

Schedule of Agreements with Executive Officers

The Company has entered into Change-in-Control Agreements with the Executive Officers Listed Below.  Each agreement is substantially identical in all material respects to the form agreement and amendments thereto set forth in Exhibits 10.6, 10.7, and 10.8 to this 10-K report.

Executive Officer
Agreement
Date
Joseph E. Abbott
 
Change-in-Control Agreement
May 1, 2003
Amendment #1
December 19, 2008
Michael A. Anderson
 
Second Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement
May 1, 2003
Amendment #1
December 18, 2008
Steven A. Ellers
 
Second Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement
March 25, 2000
Amendment #1
May 1, 2001
Amendment #2
December 22, 2008
William J. Federici
 
Change-in-Control Agreement
April 28, 2004
Amendment #1
December 18, 2008
John R. Gailey III
 
Second Amended and Restated Change-in-Control Agreement
March 25, 2000
Amendment #1
May 1, 2001
Amendment #2
December 18, 2008
Robert S. Hargesheimer
 
Change-in-Control Agreement
May 1, 2003
Amendment #1
December 19, 2008
Richard D. Luzzi
 
Change-in-Control Agreement
June 3, 2002
Amendment #1
December 22, 2008
Donald A. McMillan
Change-in-Control Agreement
February 12, 2008
Matthew T. Mullarkey
Change-in-Control Agreement
July 28, 2008


 
 

 

EXHIBIT 10.15

AMENDMENT #1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
THIS AMENDMENT #1 (the “Amendment”) TO THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of April 30, 2002, between West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (the “Company”) and Donald E. Morel, Jr. (the “Employee”).
 
Background
 
At a meeting of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) on December 11, 2007, the Board approved amendments to the Agreement primarily to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  The changes required by Code Section 409A are effective as of January 1, 2005, to the extent required by applicable regulations.
 
1.           Section 1.13 of the Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
 
“ ‘(k) Savings/Deferred Comp Plan ’ means the Company’s 401(k) Plan, the Company’s Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Designated Employees and any successor plans or other similar plans established from time to time that may allow executive officers to elect to defer taxation of compensation.”
 
2.           Section 8.1(a) is amended by striking the phrase “(y) could have been compelled to retire” and replacing it with the phrase “reaches normal retirement age,” in the flush paragraph beginning “provided, however…”
 
3.           Section 6.3 is amended by restating the flush paragraph that begins “The amount specified in clause (a) above…” in its entirety to read as follows:
 
“Subject to Section 6.3(c), the amount specified in clause (a) above will be paid as a lump sum on the date that is six months following the Termination Date and the payment of such amount and any compensation and benefits under clause (b) above will be in full satisfaction of all claims the Employee may have against the Company and condition upon execution of an agreement and release substantially in the form attached as Exhibit ‘B’ hereto.  If the circumstances of the termination are such that the Employee is also entitled to severance compensation and benefits under Section 7, the Employee will be entitled to receive the larger of the two amounts under this Section 6.3 or Section 7, but not both.  The provisions of Section 8.2 will apply to all payments made under this Section 6.3.”
 
4.           A new sub-section 6.3(c) is added to the Agreement to read as follows:
 
“Employee may make an election to receive the amount payable under Section this Section 6.3 in monthly installments beginning no earlier than the sixth month following termination of employment or to receive a later lump sum payment  by filing a written election with the Company on or before December 31, 2008, which specifies the time at which payments are to be made and the amounts of such payments.  The payment of such amounts must be completed no later than the third calendar year following the attainment of normal retirement age under the Retirement Plan, and must be the same as the timing and form of payments elected pursuant to Section 8.3(b).”
 
1

4.           Section 8.2 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“8.2.            Additional Payments.
 
(a)  
Gross-Up Payment .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if it is determined that any Payment would be subject to the excise tax imposed by section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any interest or penalties thereon, is herein referred to as an ‘ Excise Tax’ ), then Employee shall be entitled to an additional payment (a ‘ Gross-Up Payment ’) in an amount that will place Employee in the same after-tax economic position that Employee would have enjoyed if the Excise Tax had not applied to the Payment.
 
(b)  
Determination of Gross-Up Payment .  Subject to the provisions of Section 8.2(c), all determinations required under this Section 8.2, including whether a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of the Payments constituting excess parachute payments, and the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, shall be made by the accounting firm that was the Company's independent auditors immediately prior to the Change in Control (or, in default thereof, an accounting firm mutually agreed upon by the Company and Employee) (the ‘ Accounting Firm’ ), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to Employee and the Company within fifteen days of the Change in Control, the Termination Date or any other date reasonably requested by Employee or the Company on which a determination under this Section 8.2 is necessary or advisable.  If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Employee, the Company shall cause the Accounting Firm to provide Employee with an opinion that the Accounting Firm has substantial authority under the Code and Regulations not to report an Excise Tax on Employee's federal income tax return.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon Employee and the Company.  If the initial Gross-Up Payment is insufficient to cover the amount of the Excise Tax that is ultimately determined to be owing by Employee with respect to any Payment (hereinafter an ‘ Underpayment ’), the Company, after exhausting its remedies under Section 8.2(c) below, shall pay to Employee an additional Gross-Up Payment in respect of the Underpayment.
 
(c)  
Timing of Payment.   The Company shall pay to Employee the initial Gross-Up Payment or any required Underpayment (i) if the Employee is a ‘specified employee’ within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, on the later of (A) the date that is at least six months after the date of the Employee’s termination of employment or (B) the fifth business day following the receipt by Employee and the Company of the Accounting Firm's determination, or (ii) if the Employee is not a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A the fifth business day following the receipt by Employee and the Company of the Accounting Firm’s determination.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Gross-Up Payment or Underpayment must be paid on or before the end of the Employee’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the applicable Excise Tax is payable.
 
2

(d)  
Procedures .  Employee shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment.  Such notice shall be given as soon as practicable after Employee knows of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of the claim and the date on which the claim is requested to be paid.  Employee agrees not to pay the claim until the expiration of the thirty-day period following the date on which Employee notifies the Company, or such shorter period ending on the date the Taxes with respect to such claim are due (the ‘ Notice Period ’).  If the Company notifies Employee in writing prior to the expiration of the Notice Period that it desires to contest the claim, Employee shall:  (i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to the claim; (ii) take such action in connection with the claim as the Company may reasonably request, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Employee; (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in contesting the claim; and (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to the claim.  Employee shall permit the Company to control all proceedings related to the claim and, at its option, permit the Company to pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings, and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim.  If requested by the Company, Employee agrees either to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner and to prosecute such contest to a determination  before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts as the Company shall determine; provided , however , that, if the Company directs Employee to pay such claim and pursue a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to Employee on an after-tax and interest-free basis (the "Advance").  The Company's control of the contest related to the claim shall be limited to the issues related to the Gross-Up Payment and Employee shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issues raised by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authority.  If the Company does not notify Employee in writing prior to the end of the Notice Period of its desire to contest the claim, the Company shall pay to Employee an additional Gross-Up Payment in respect of the excess parachute payments that are the subject of the claim, and Employee agrees to pay the amount of the Excise Tax that is the subject of the claim to the applicable taxing authority in accordance with applicable law.  The Advance, any additional Gross-Up Payments and the reimbursement of any related costs, expenses or taxes payable under this Section 8.2(d) and/or Section 8.2(f) shall be made on or before the end of the Employee’s taxable year following the taxable year in which any additional taxes are payable by the Employee or if no additional taxes are payable the Employee’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the audit or litigation is closed.
 
(e)  
Repayments .  If, after receipt by Employee of an Advance, Employee becomes entitled to a refund with respect to the claim to which such Advance relates, Employee shall pay the Company the amount of the refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after Taxes applicable thereto).  If, after receipt by Employee of an Advance, a determination is made that Employee shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to the claim and the Company does not promptly notify Employee of its intent to contest the denial of refund, then the amount of the Advance shall not be required to be repaid by Employee and the amount thereof shall offset the amount of the additional Gross-Up Payment then owing to Employee.
 
3

(f)  
Further Assurances .  The Company shall indemnify Employee and hold Employee harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any costs, expenses, penalties, fines, interest or other liabilities ("Losses") incurred by Employee with respect to the exercise by the Company of any of its rights under this Section 8.2, including any Losses related to the Company's decision to contest a claim or any imputed income to Employee resulting from any Advance or action taken on Employee's behalf by the Company hereunder.  Subject to the last sentence of Section 8.2(d), the Company shall pay all legal fees and expenses incurred under this Section 8.2 and shall promptly reimburse Employee, or cause the Trust to reimburse Employee, for the reasonable expenses incurred by Employee in connection with any actions taken by the Company or required to be taken by Employee hereunder.  The Company shall also pay all of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm, including the fees and expenses related to the opinion referred to in Section 8.2(b).”
 
5.           Section 8.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“8.3.   Payment of Severance Compensation.
 
(a)           Unless Employee elects otherwise on or before December 31, 2008 in accordance with Section 5(b), the severance compensation set forth in Section 3(a) will be payable in a lump sum on the date which is six month following the Employee’s termination of employment.
 
(b)           Employee may make an election to receive the amount payable under Section this Section 8.3(a) in monthly installments beginning no earlier than the sixth month following termination of employment (with the first six monthly installments paid in a lump sum at that time) or to receive a later lump sum payment by filing a written election with the Company on or before December 31, 2008, which specifies the time at which payments are to be made and the amounts of such payments.  The payment of such amounts must be completed no later than the third calendar year following the attainment of normal retirement age under the Retirement Plan, and must be the same as the timing and form of payments elected pursuant to Section 6.3(c).”
 
6.           Section 12(d) is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end:
 
“The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof or Exhibit hereto shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.”
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date written below.
 
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:                                                                        WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.
 

 
/s/_Donald E. Morel                                                                                   /s/ Richard D. Luzzi
Donald E. Morel                                                                                       Richard D. Luzzi
             Vice President, Human Resources
 
DATED:  ____________________________                                       DATED:  __________________________________
 

 

K:\EDGAR\2009\10K\Exhibit 10.15 - Amendment to Don Morel Employment Agreement.doc  v. 2


 
4

 

EXHIBIT 10.17







WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEES’ RETIREMENT PLAN


(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008, except as otherwise noted herein or required by applicable law)
 

 
 









PLAN DOCUMENT



K:\EDGAR\2009\10K\Exhibit 10.17 - SERP Restatement.doc
 
 

 

WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEES’ RETIREMENT PLAN

This is the West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. Supplemental Employees’ Retirement Plan (the “ SERP ”) adopted by West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. (the “ Company ”) on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries to provide benefits in excess of those provided under the West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.  Employees’ Retirement Plan (the “ Qualified Retirement Plan ”) to certain eligible salaried employees of the Company and its subsidiaries.    Hourly employees are not eligible to participate in the SERP.


1.            Effective Date; Code Section 409A.   The SERP was originally effective as of January 1, 1987 as the West Company, Incorporated Supplemental Employees Retirement Plan, it is hereby amended, restated and renamed effective as of January 1, 2008, except as otherwise required by applicable law, including Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).    The SERP is intended to satisfy Code Section 409A and all of the official guidance promulgated thereunder.  To the extent a provision in the SERP is inconsistent with Code Section 409A, such provisions shall be deemed amended to comply with Code Section 409A, to avoid the application of the penalty tax and interest provided thereunder.

2.            Eligibility .

(a)            Effectiveness .  No benefit under the SERP shall be payable to any salaried employee of the Company or a subsidiary (an “ Employee ”)  unless that Employee is credited with service under the SERP after December 31, 1986.

(b)            Pre-2009 Eligibility .  On or before December 31, 2008, an Employee who is a participant in the Qualified Retirement Plan shall only become a participant (a “ Participant ”) in the SERP if his or her accrued benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan (“ Accrued Benefit ”) is less that it would be if the Qualified Retirement Plan were not subject to: (i) the limit imposed by section 401 (a) (17) of the Code or any successor provision of law on the amount of annual compensation of each Qualified Retirement Plan participant that may be taken into account, (ii) the limit imposed by section 415 of the Code or any successor provision of law on the amount of annual benefits that may be accrued.  The limits described in (a) and (b) shall be referred to hereinafter, collectively, as the “ Code Limits ”), or (iii) made a deferral under the Company’s Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Designated Employees (or any successor nonqualified defined contribution plan) (the “ Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan ”).

(c)            Eligibility in 2009 and Beyond.   On and after January 1, 2009, an Employee shall only be eligible to participate in the SERP if:

(i)           Such Employee was eligible in accordance with Section 2(b) of the SERP as of December 31, 2008, or

(ii)           Such Employee is salaried and either (A) an executive officer of the Company, or (B) designated by the Company’s Vice President of Human Resources as participating in the SERP and approved by the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).
1


(d)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s Vice President of Human Resources may upon written designation, with approval by the Committee, remove an Employee from prospective participation in the SERP at any time.

3.            SERP Retirement Benefits; Vesting .

(a)            Restatement of the Qualified Plan.   Effective January 1, 2007, the Qualified Retirement Plan was amended to provide for a “ Cash Balance Benefit ”, as defined in the Qualified Retirement Plan, for service on or after January 1, 2007.  The benefit accrued on and before December 31, 2006 is a participant’s “ Frozen Benefit ” as defined in the Qualified Retirement Plan.   Each of those terms is used in the SERP, and is defined as provided in the Qualified Retirement Plan.  The benefits provided under the SERP were simultaneously modified to provide for an additional benefit under the SERP on the same terms as those provided under the provisions of the amended Qualified Retirement Plan.  Except as provided in the SERP or as required by Code Section 409A, the Cash Balance Benefit and Frozen Benefit shall be payable in accordance with the timing and method of distribution provisions provided in the Qualified Retirement Plan.

(b)            Frozen Benefit .  The monthly normal retirement benefit calculated under the SERP at a Participant’s attainment of age 65 shall be equal to the benefit that would have been paid under the Qualified Retirement Plan if the amount of the monthly benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan as in effect when the Participant attained age 65 (assuming payment in the form of a single life annuity with no period certain) was calculated (i) by taking into account compensation a Participant elected to defer (such amount not to include any matching contributions paid by or due from the Company) under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, for purposes of determining his Average Annual Earnings, and (ii) without taking the Code Limits into account, reduced by the offset provided in Section 4.

(c)            Cash Balance Benefit .  The monthly normal retirement benefit calculated under the SERP at a Participant’s attainment of age 65 shall be equal to the benefit that would have been paid under the Qualified Retirement Plan if the amount of the monthly benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan as in effect when the Participant attained age 65 (assuming payment in the form of a single life annuity with no period certain) was calculated by crediting the Participant’s Cash Balance Account under the Qualified Retirement Plan with a “ Pay Credit ” (as defined in the Qualified Retirement Plan) inclusive of (i) the amount such Participant elected to defer (such amount not to include any matching contributions paid by or due from the Company) under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan  and (ii) amounts in excess of the Code Limits into account, reduced by the offset provided in Section 4.

(d)            Total Benefit .  Subject to the offset in Section 4, a Participant’s benefit under the SERP shall be sum of his Frozen Benefit calculated under Section 3(b) and his Cash Balance Benefit calculated under Section 3(c).

4.            Offset for Qualified Retirement Plan Benefits .  The monthly benefit payable under the SERP shall be the amount calculated under Section 3 reduced by an offset for benefits payable under the Qualified Retirement Plan or any other defined benefit pension plan maintained by the Company or any other employer treated with the Company as a single employer under sections 414 (b), 414(c) or 414(m) of the Code (an “ Affiliated Plan ”).  In calculating the offsets, the Code Limits shall be applied, and both in applying such Code Limits and in otherwise calculating the offsets, it shall be assumed that all benefits under a the Qualified Retirement Plan or any other relevant plan will be paid in the form of a single life annuity with no period certain.
2


5.            Service and Vesting .

(a)            Service Credit.   An Employee’s credit for periods of service under the SERP for all purposes (inclusive of vesting, eligibility and benefit accrual) shall be co-extensive with his credit for the same types of periods of service under the Qualified Retirement Plan and any Affiliated Plan unless the Committee determines that additional credit for periods of service with a prior employer or for any other reason should be granted under the SERP.

(b)            Vesting .  A Participant’s Frozen Benefit and Cash Balance benefit shall become vested, if at all, in accordance with the applicable vesting schedules in the Qualified Retirement Plan.

6.            Grandfathering of Benefits .

(a)            Grandfathered Benefit Definition and Accounting.   Benefits accrued and vested under the SERP on and before December 31, 2004 (“ Grandfathered Benefits ”) shall be separately accounted for under the SERP, and, to the extent required to preserve grandfathered status under Code Section 409A administered consistent with the SERP as in effect on December 31, 2004.  A Participant’s Grandfathered Benefits shall be comprised solely of his or her Frozen Benefit accrued through December 31, 2004.

(b)            Non-Grandfathered Benefit Definition and Accounting .  Benefits accrued and vested under the SERP on and after January 1, 2005 (“ Non-Grandfathered Benefits ”) shall also be separately accounted for under the SERP, and, to the extent required to comply with Code Section 409A and avoid the application of the penalty tax and interest thereunder administered consistent with Code Section 409A.  A Participant’s Non-Grandfathered Benefit shall be comprised of any Frozen Benefit accrual that is earned and vested between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2007 and his or her entire Cash Balance Benefit.

7.            Grandfathered Benefits Retirement Provisions .  This Section 7 applies solely to Grandfathered Benefits as described in Section 6(a).  Section 8 shall apply to Non-Grandfathered Benefits.

(a)            Early Retirement .

(i)           With respect to a Participant’s Grandfathered Benefit only, a Participant may elect early retirement after attaining age 55, and before attaining age 65, provided he has been credited with at least ten years of service as required in the Qualified Retirement Plan.

(ii)           The early retirement benefit under the SERP shall be calculated in the same manner as the normal retirement benefit under Sections 3 and 4 above, taking into account only service and compensation to the Employee’s early retirement date, and the benefit formula in effect on such date.

(iii)           Any portion of a participant’s Grandfathered Benefits payable upon retirement prior to attaining age 65 shall be reduced in accordance with the table of early retirement factors contained in the Qualified Retirement Plan as in effect at the time of the Participant’s retirement.
3


(b)            Late Retirement.   The Grandfathered Benefit payable to a Participant retiring after age 65 shall be calculated in the same manner as the normal retirement benefit under Sections 3 and 4 above, taking into account service and compensation to the Participant’s late retirement date, and the benefit formula in effect under the Qualified Retirement Plan on such date.

(c)            Vested-Terminated Benefit .

(i)           Subject to Section 12 regarding disability benefits, the Grandfathered Benefit payable to a Participant who is vested in his Accrued Benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan and who terminates employment with the Company and its subsidiaries other than for early, normal or late retirement (a “ Vested-Terminated Participant ”) shall be calculated in the same manner as the normal retirement benefit, taking into account service and compensation to the Participant’s date of severance from service, and the benefit formula in effect on such date.

(ii)           Any Grandfathered Benefit payable to a Vested-Terminated Participant before such Participant’s attainment of age 65 shall be reduced 5% for each year by which the benefit commencement date precedes his or her attainment of age 65.

8.            Non-Grandfathered Benefit Retirement Provisions .  This Section 8 applies only to Non-Grandfathered Benefits as described in Section 6(b).  Section 7 shall apply to Grandfathered Benefits.

(a)            Early Retirement; Termination Benefit .

(i)           With respect to a Participant’s Non-Grandfathered Frozen Benefit only, a Participant who terminates employment will be required to receive a distribution six months following termination under Section 14 of the SERP.  Such Participant’s Non-Grandfathered Frozen Benefit shall be calculated, in the same manner as the normal retirement benefit under Section 3 and 4 above, taking into account only service and compensation to the Employee’s termination date, and the benefit formula in effect on such date.

(ii)           Subject to Section 7(a)(iii), any portion of a participant’s Non-Grandfathered Frozen Benefit payable upon retirement prior to attaining age 65 shall be reduced in accordance with the table of early retirement factors contained in the Qualified Retirement Plan as in effect at the time of the Participant’s retirement but only if such Participant has reached age 55 and accrued ten years of service.

(iii)           If such Participant has not reached age 55 and accrued ten years of service at the time of his or her termination of employment, Section 7(c) and not this Section 7(a) shall apply.

(iv)           A Participant’s Non-Grandfathered Cash Balance Benefit shall be calculated as described in Sections 3 and 4 above, and, shall, consistent with the Qualified Retirement Plan, not be reduced for commencement prior to normal retirement age under the Qualified Retirement Plan.

(b)            Late Retirement.

(i)           The Non-Grandfathered Benefit (Frozen Benefit and Cash Balance Benefit, as applicable), payable to a Participant retiring after age 65 shall be calculated in the same manner as the normal retirement benefit under Sections 3 and 4 above, taking into account service and compensation to the Participant’s late retirement date, and the benefit formula in effect under the Qualified Retirement Plan on such date.
4


(ii)           A Participant’s Non-Grandfathered Cash Balance Benefit shall be calculated as described in Sections 3 and 4 above.  Because a participant must receive a distribution under the SERP six month following termination  in accordance with Section 14, such Participant’s Non-Grandfathered Cash Balance Benefit will only be adjusted in a manner consistent with the Qualified Retirement Plan for the period between such Participant’s termination date and the date distribution of such Benefit is made under the SERP.

(c)            Vested-Terminated Benefit .

(i)           Subject to Section 12 regarding disability benefits, the Non-Grandfathered Frozen Benefit only payable to a Participant who is a Vested-Terminated Participant shall be calculated in the same manner as the normal retirement benefit under Sections 3 and 4, taking into account service and compensation to the Participant’s date of severance from service, and the benefit formula in effect on such date.

(ii)           Any Non-Grandfathered Frozen Benefit payable to a Vested-Terminated Participant before such Participant’s attainment of age 65 shall be reduced 5% for each year by which the benefit commencement date precedes his or her attainment of age 65.

(iii)           A Participant’s Non-Grandfathered Cash Balance Benefit shall be calculated as described in Sections 3 and 4 above.  Because a Participant must receive a distribution under the SERP six month following termination  in accordance with Section 14, such Participant’s Non-Grandfathered Cash Balance Benefit will only be adjusted in a manner consistent with the Qualified Retirement Plan for the period between such Participant’s termination date and the date distribution of such Benefit is made under the SERP.

12.            Disability Benefit .   Consistent with the Qualified Retirement Plan, no Benefit is payable under the SERP solely due to a Participant incurring a “ Total and Permanent Disability ”  (as defined in the Qualified Retirement Plan).  A Participant’s Frozen Benefit and Cash Balance Benefit are increased during his or her period of Total and Permanent Disability as described in the Qualified Retirement Plan and in the same manner as the normal retirement benefit, taking into account service and compensation to the Participant’s date of termination of employment, and the benefit formula in effect on such termination.

13.            Form and Timing of Grandfathered Benefits Payable under the SERP.   This Section 13 solely governs Grandfathered Benefits.  Non-Grandfathered Benefits are subject to Section 14.

(a)            Normal Form.   Subject to the permitted lump sum election under Section 13(b) below, the Grandfathered Benefit payable to a Participant shall be paid in the same form and at the same time or times that benefits are paid to the Participant under the Qualified Retirement Plan.  The actuarial factors and assumptions to be used to convert the benefits payable hereunder from a single life annuity with no period certain to any other form of benefit shall be those set forth in the Qualified Retirement Plan.

(b)            Special Lump Sum Election .  A Participant may elect, by written notice delivered to the Committee no later than September 30 of the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the Participant’s Grandfathered Benefit under the Qualified Retirement Plan is to begin, to receive his or her Grandfathered Benefit payable under the SERP in a single cash lump sum, payable at the same time that benefits begin to be paid to that Participant under the Qualified Retirement Plan.  The actuarial factors and assumptions to be used to convert the Grandfathered Benefits payable hereunder from a single life annuity with no period certain shall be those set forth in the Qualified Retirement Plan, except that the value of lump sum distributions made on or after July 1, 1995 shall be determined using the annual rate of interest on 30- year Treasury securities for the August preceding the year of distribution and the mortality table prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) of the Code.
5


14.            Form and Timing of Non-Grandfathered Benefits Payable under the SERP .    This Section 14 solely governs Non-Grandfathered Benefits.  Grandfathered Benefits are subject to Section 13.

(a)            Timing and Form of Payment .  The Non-Grandfathered Benefit (including both the applicable portion of a Participant’s Frozen Benefit and his or her entire Cash Balance Benefit) shall be payable to a Participant under the SERP solely in a cash lump sum during the month following the month that contains that date that is six months following a Participant’s termination of employment.  This cash lump sum shall be paid even if a Participant is re-hired following his termination of employment, but only to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

(b)            Cash Balance Benefit Lump Sum .  A Participant’s Cash Balance Benefit shall be credited with Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Retirement Plan) during this six month period.  The Cash Balance Benefit shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the provisions applicable to the “ Termination Benefit ” payable under the Qualified Retirement Plan.

(c)            Lump Sum for Applicable Portion of a Participant’s Frozen Benefit.   With respect to the applicable portion of a Participant’s Frozen Benefit, the actuarial factors and assumptions to be used to convert the Non-Grandfathered Benefits payable hereunder from a single life annuity with no period certain shall be those set forth in the Qualified Retirement Plan, except that the value of lump sum distributions made on or after July 1, 1995 shall be determined using the annual rate of interest on 30- year Treasury securities for the August preceding the year of distribution and the mortality table prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) of the Code.

15.            Death Benefit Before Commencement of Retirement Income Benefit .

(a)            Amount of Frozen Benefit.   Following the death of a Participant before benefits under the SERP have commenced, the Participant’s surviving spouse or, if the Participant dies before benefits under the SERP have commenced leaving a “ dependent spouse ” or “ orphan children ” (as such terms are defined in the Qualified Retirement Plan), such spouse or orphan children shall be entitled to a death benefit with respect to a Participant’s Frozen Benefit (inclusive of both Grandfathered Benefit and Non-Grandfathered Benefit portions) equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Frozen Benefit death benefit that would be payable under the Qualified Retirement Plan and any Affiliated Plan if such Plans were not subject to the Code Limits and was calculated using amounts deferred under the Company’s over (b) the Frozen Benefit death benefit that is actually payable under the Qualified Retirement Plan and any Affiliated Plan.
6


(b)            Amount Cash Balance Benefit .  Following the death of a Participant before benefits under the SERP have commenced, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit with respect to a Participant’s Cash Balance Benefit equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Cash Balance Benefit death benefit that would be payable under the Qualified Retirement Plan and any Affiliated Plan if such Plans were not subject to the Code Limits and was calculated using amounts deferred under the Company’s over (b) the Cash Balance Benefit death benefit that is actually payable under the Qualified Retirement Plan and any Affiliated Plan.

(c)            Timing of Payment of Grandfathered Benefit .  The Grandfathered Benefit death benefit payments shall be made in the same form, at the same time, and for the same duration as the death benefits payable under the Qualified Retirement Plan.

(d)            Timing of Payment of Non-Grandfathered Benefit .  The Non-Grandfathered death benefit (inclusive of the applicable portion of the Participant’s Frozen Benefit) payment shall be made in a cash lump sum during the month following the month a Participant’s death.

(e)            Exclusive Pre-Retirement Death Benefits .  No other death benefits shall be payable under the SERP following the death of a Participant before benefits under the SERP have commenced.

16.            Death Benefit After Commencement of Retirement Income Benefit .   Upon a Participant’s death after benefits under the SERP have commenced, the Participant’s beneficiary (as determined in accordance with the Qualified Retirement Plan) shall be entitled to the death benefit, if any, payable following the Participant’s death under the form of benefit in which the benefit was being paid to the participant before his death.  This Section 16 shall not apply to a Participant’s Non-Grandfathered benefits, which are solely payable in a single, cash lump sum.

17.             Unsecured Obligation of the Company .   The Company’s obligations under the SERP shall be the general unsecured obligations of the Company.  The Company shall be under no obligation to establish any separate fund, purchase any annuity contract, or in any other way make special provision or specifically earmark any funds for the payment of any amounts called for under the SERP, nor shall the SERP or any actions taken under or pursuant to the SERP be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, his or her designated beneficiary, executors or administrators, or any other person or entity.  If the Company chooses to establish such a fund or purchase such an annuity contract or make any other arrangement to provide for the payment of any amounts called for under the SERP, such fund contract or arrangement shall remain part of the general assets of the Company, and no person claiming benefits under the SERP shall have any right, title, or interest in or to any such fund, contract or arrangement.
 
18.              Administration .  The SERP will be administered by the Committee.
 
(a)   The Committee shall be the named fiduciary for purposes of the claims procedure pursuant to Section 19 and shall have authority to act to the full extent of its absolute discretion to:
 
(ii)   interpret the SERP;
 
(iii)   resolve and determine all disputes or questions arising under the SERP subject to the provisions of Section 19, including the power to determine the rights of Participants and their beneficiaries, and their respective benefits, and to remedy any ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions in the SERP;
 
7

(iv)   create and revise rules and procedures for the administration of the SERP and prescribe such forms as may be required for Participants to make elections under, and otherwise participate in, the SERP; and
 
(v)   take any other actions and make any other determinations as it may deem necessary and proper for the administration of the SERP.
 
(b)   Any expenses incurred in the administration of the SERP will be paid by the Company or the Employer.
 
(c)   Except as the Committee may otherwise determine (and subject to the claims procedure set forth in Section 19), all decisions and determinations by the Committee shall be final and binding upon all Participants and their designated beneficiaries.
 
(d)   Neither the Secretary nor any member of the Committee shall participate in any matter involving any questions relating solely to his or her own participation or benefits under the SERP.  The Committee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall be fully protected in any action or omission taken by it in good faith reliance upon the advice or opinion of any persons, firms or agents retained by it, including but not limited to accountants, actuaries, counsel and other specialists. Nothing in the SERP shall preclude the Company from indemnifying the Secretary or members of the Committee for all actions under the SERP, or from purchasing liability insurance to protect such persons with respect to the SERP.
 
19.            Claims Procedure .  The Company  shall administer a claims procedure as follows:
 
(a)           Initial Claim .  A Participant or his or her beneficiary who believes that he or she is entitled to benefits under the SERP (the “ Claimant ”), or the Claimant’s authorized representative acting on behalf of such Claimant, must make a claim for those benefits by submitting a written notification of his or her claim of right to such benefits.  Such notification must be on the form and in accordance with the procedures established by the Company.  No benefit shall be paid under the SERP until a proper claim for benefits has been submitted.
 
(b)            Procedure for Review .  The Committee shall establish administrative processes and safeguards to ensure that all claims for benefits are reviewed in accordance with the SERP document and that, where appropriate, Plan provisions have been applied consistently to similarly situated Claimants.  Any notification to a Claimant required hereunder may be provided in writing or by electronic media, provided that any electronic notification shall comply with the applicable standards imposed under 29 C.F.R. §2520.104b-1(c).
 
(c)            Claim Denial Procedure .  If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Committee shall notify the Claimant within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 90 days after receipt of the claim, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim.  If the Committee determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 180 days from receipt of the claim.  The extension notice shall indicate: (i) the special circumstances necessitating the extension and (ii) the date by which the Committee expects to render a benefit determination.  A benefit denial notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall set forth:  (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) the specific reference to the SERP provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, with reasons therefor, and (iv) the procedure for reviewing the denial of the claim   and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a legal action under section 502(a) of Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) following an adverse benefit determination on review.  
 
8

(d)            Appeal Procedure .  In the case of an adverse benefit determination, the Claimant   or his or her representative shall have the opportunity to appeal to the Committee for review thereof by requesting such review in writing to the Board within 60 days of receipt of notification of the denial.  Failure to submit a proper application for appeal within such 60 day period will cause such claim to be permanently denied.  The Claimant   or his or her representative shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim.  A document, record or other information shall be deemed “relevant” to a claim in accordance with 29 C.F.R. §2560.503-1(m)(8).  The Claimant or his or her representative shall also be provided the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim for benefits.  The Board shall review the appeal taking into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant or his or her representative relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
 
(e)            Decision on Appeal .  The Board shall notify a Claimant of its decision on appeal within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 60 days after receipt of the Claimant’s request for review, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the appeal.  If the Committee determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate: (i) the special circumstances necessitating the extension and (ii) the date by which the Committee expects to render a benefit determination.  An adverse benefit decision on appeal shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall set forth:  (i) the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) the specific reference to the SERP provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim (the relevance of a document, record or other information will be determined in accordance with 29 C.F.R. §2560-1(m)(8)) and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a legal action under section 502(a) of ERISA.
 
(f)            Litigation .  In order to operate and administer the claims procedure in a timely and efficient manner, any Claimant whose appeal with respect to a claim for benefits has been denied, and who wants to commence a legal action with respect to such claim, must commence such action in a court of competent jurisdiction within 90 days of receipt of notification of such denial.  Failure to file such action by the prescribed time will forever bar the commencement of such action.
 
(g)            Disputes; Enforcement of Rights .  All reasonable legal and other fees and expenses incurred by the Claimant in connection with any disputed claim regarding any right or benefit provided for in the SERP shall be paid by the Company, to the extent permitted by law, provided that the Claimant prevails on the merits of his or her claim in material part as the result of litigation, arbitration or settlement.
 
20.            Delay in Distributions .  Notwithstanding anything in the SERP to the contrary, distributions under the SERP may be delayed, to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A if either (a) the ability of the Company to remain a going concerned is jeopardized, or (b) such delay is necessary to comply with applicable law.
 
21.            Top Hat and Non-Qualified Status .  The SERP is intended to be a top-hat plan within the meaning of ERISA.  The SERP is an unfunded plan for purposes of ERISA and the Code and is not qualified under section 401(a) of the Code.
 
22.            Withholding of Taxes .  The rights of a Participant (and his or her beneficiaries) to payments under the SERP shall be subject to the Company’s obligations at any time to withhold from such payments any income or other tax on such payments.
 
23.            Assignability .  No portion of a Participant’s benefits under the SERP may be assigned or transferred in any manner, nor shall any of the those SERP benefits be subject to anticipation, voluntary alienation or involuntary alienation.
 
24.            Amendment and Termination .   The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the SERP at any time by action of the Board, but shall not reduce the benefits accrued under the SERP by any Participant up to the date of such actions.


 

 
9

 

                                                                                                                                                         EXHIBIT 10.18



WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.


NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR DESIGNATED EMPLOYEES



(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008, except as otherwise noted herein or required by applicable law)
 









PLAN DOCUMENT






K:\EDGAR\2009\10K\Exhibit 10.18 - Employees NQDC Plan Restatement.DOC

 
 

 

THE WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION
PLAN FOR DESIGNATED EMPLOYEES
 
(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008)
 
West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby adopts this West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan For Designated Employees (the “ Plan ”), as amended, restated and renamed effective January 1, 2008, except as otherwise noted herein, to permit eligible employees of the Company to defer receipt of a specified portion of their cash and equity-based compensation:
 
1.            Eligible Employees .  Employees of the Company or its subsidiaries are eligible to make the elections set forth in this Plan after they have completed three months of continuous service if they are: (a) employed in the United States by the Company and are expected to earn an annual Base Salary (as defined below) of $150,000 or more, as determined in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, or (b) any other employee of the Company or its subsidiaries who is designated by the Compensation Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan (each an “ Eligible Employee ”).  An Eligible Employee who at any time makes a valid deferral election under the Plan is a “ Participant .’
 
2.             Deferrable Compensation.   An Eligible Employee may separately elect, in the form and manner determined by the Committee, to defer cash or stock compensation as follows:
 
(a)   any whole percentage of his or her annual aggregate base salary paid by the Company for services rendered exclusive of any additional allowances, payments or non-cash benefits (“ Base Salary ”);
 
(b)              any whole percentage of his or her annual bonus (“ Bonus ”) earned and payable under the Management Incentive Plan (“ Annual Incentive Plan ”), or any successor plan thereto, whether payable in cash or stock issued under the 2004 Stock-Based Compensation Plan (the “ 2004 Stock Plan ”), the 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ 2007 Omnibus Plan” ), and/or any successor plan(s) or;
 
(c)              effective June 1, 2007, any whole number of shares of deferred stock (including Performance-Vesting Restricted Stock and Performance-Vesting Stock Units, as applicable) (“ PV Stock ”) awarded under the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ LTIP ”), 2004 Stock Plan, the 2007 Omnibus Plan, and/or any successor plan(s) thereto, to the extent such PV Stock is earned under the applicable plan.
 
3.   Elections to Defer.
 
(a)   Base Salary .  An Eligible Employee who wants to defer payment of any portion of his or her Base Salary in any calendar year must notify the Company’s Secretary in writing on or before December 31 of the prior year, stating the amount of his or her Base Salary to be deferred.  This election becomes irrevocable on December 31 of such prior year.
 
(b)   Bonus Elections .
 
(i)           An Eligible Employee who wants to defer payment of any portion of his or her Bonus in any calendar year shall notify the Company’s Secretary in writing on or before June 30 of the year prior to the year the Bonus would otherwise be paid.  The election must state the amount of a Participant’s Bonus Stock which is to be deferred, and the election is irrevocable as of such June 30.
1

 
(ii)           A Participant who has elected to defer any portion of his or her Bonus, shall be permitted at the time of his or her election to designate that a portion of such Bonus will be deemed to be invested in common stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) and ultimately distributable in Common Stock in accordance with Section 7(c)(iii).  The portion of the Participant’s Bonus so designated will be referred to as “ Deferred Bonus Stock .”  The portion of the Participant’s Bonus deferred hereunder that is not-so-designated shall be referred to as the “ Deferred Cash Bonus .”
 
(c)               PV Stock .  An Eligible Employee who wants to defer payment of any portion of his or her PV Stock in any calendar year must notify the Company’s Secretary in writing on or before June 30 of the final (or, as applicable, only) year of any performance-based vesting period applicable to such PV Stock, stating the amount of his or her PV Stock which shall be deferred.  This election is irrevocable on such June 30.
 
(d)               Special Rules for New-Hires .
 
(i)               Base Salary.   Notwithstanding Section 3(a) above, if an Eligible Employee is hired by the Company during a calendar year, such Participant may elect to participate in the Plan by notifying the Company’s Secretary in writing before the first day of the payroll period that commences following the Eligible Employees completion of three months of continuous service for the Company or its subsidiaries.  An election so made shall be irrevocable on the first day of the applicable payroll period.
 
(ii)               Bonuses and PV Stock.   Section 3(c) shall not apply to elections to defer Bonuses or PV Stock in the year a Participant is hired.  A newly-hired employee is not eligible to defer Bonuses or PV Stock until the calendar year following the calendar year in which such Participant is hired.
 
(a)               Revocation for Unforeseeable Emergency or Disability .  If a Participant has an Unforeseeable Emergency as described in Section 7(d) or incurs a Disability as defined in Section 409A, then such Participant may make a request in writing to the Compensation Committee or its delegate to suspend any elections to make any deferrals to the Plan during the year such Unforeseeable Emergency or Disability is incurred.  Upon approval by the Compensation Committee or its delegate, such contributions shall cease immediately.
 
4.   Matching Contributions.
 
(a)   Base Salary.   For years prior to 2007, the Company will contribute to the Plan an amount equal to 50% of the first 6% of Base Salary that a Participant elects to defer.  Matching contributions under this Section 4(a) (“ Pre-2007 Salary Matching Contributions ”) shall not be made for deferrals of Base Salary in excess of 6% or any portion of a Bonus or PV Stock deferred by a Participant.
 
(b)   Deferred Incentive Shares .  The Company shall make a matching contribution (“ Deferred Incentive Shares ”) equal to 25% of the aggregate fair market value of the Deferred Bonus Stock that a Participant elects to defer.  Fair market value shall be measured as of the date such Deferred Bonus Stock would otherwise be paid to such Participant.
 
(c)   401(k) Plan True-up.   Effective for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2007,
2

 
  (i)             With respect to any Participant who earns Base Salary in excess of Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), except as provided in Sections 4(c)(ii), the Company will make matching contributions (“ Post-2007 Salary Matching Contributions ”) equal to 100% of the Participant’s Base Salary deferred and remaining to such Participant’s Account plus amounts deferred under the West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “ 401(k) Plan ”), if applicable, up to 3% of such Participant’s total annual Base Salary and 50% of the Participant’s Base Salary deferred in excess of 3%, but no greater than 5%, of such Participant’s total annual Base Salary deferred.  Such matching contributions shall be calculated without regard to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.  The amount of matching contributions made for the Participant with respect to a calendar year (including a “true up” contributions) under the 401(k) Plan (or in accordance with Section 8 hereof), if any, shall be deducted from the Post-2007 Salary Matching Contributions made hereunder.  Post-2007 Salary Matching Contributions under this Section 4(c) shall not be made for deferrals of Base Salary in excess of 5% of a Participant’s total annual Base Salary.
 
(ii)             Notwithstanding Section 4(c)(i), a Participant may elect to opt out of being credited with any Post-2007 Salary Matching
Contributions, and, such Participant will only be credited with matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan, if applicable.
 
5.   Investment of Deferred Compensation Accounts .
 
(a)   The Company shall establish separate bookkeeping accounts (each part of a Participant’s “ Account ”) as set forth in this Section 5.  Such Accounts will be maintained on the books of the Company and will be used solely to calculate the amount payable to each Participant and shall not constitute separate funds of assets.  Amounts will be credited to such Accounts as of the date such amounts would have been distributed or paid to a Participant but for an election to defer such amounts hereunder.  If a Bonus or share of Deferred PV Stock is not earned under the Annual Incentive Plan or the LTIP, or any successor plan(s) thereto, as applicable, no amount shall be credited to a Participant’s Accounts.
 
(b)              A Participant’s Base Salary deferred pursuant to Section 3(a) plus his or her Deferred Cash Bonus shall be allocated to his or her “Cash Deferral Account ” as of the last day of the payroll period to which it relates.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Cash Deferral Account shall be debited, by any amounts contributed to the 401(k) Plan pursuant to Section 8   hereof.
 
(c)              Pre-2007 Salary Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 4(a) on or before March 31, 2000 shall be allocated to a Participant’s “ Participant-Directed Matching Contribution Account” as of the last day of the payroll period to which they relate.
 
(d)              Pre-2007 Salary Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 4(a) on or after April 1, 2001 and all Post-2007 Matching Contributions shall be allocated to a Participant’s “ Stock-Invested Matching Contribution Account ” as of the last day of the payroll period to which they relate or, with respect to Post-2007 Matching Contributions, the date the amount of such Post-2007 Matching Contributions is determined in the next following calendar year.  Collectively, amounts credited to a Participant’s Stock-Invested Matching Contribution Account and his or her Participant-Directed Matching Contribution Account, shall be referred to as his or her “ Matching Contribution Account .”
 
(e)              Deferred Bonus Stock, Deferred PV Stock, and Deferred Incentive Shares will be allocated to a separate “ Deferred Stock Account ” and subject to the rules of Section 7(c)(iii).
3

 
(f)   Investment of Cash Deferral Account and Participant-Directed Matching Contribution Account.
 
(i)   Each Participant shall direct the deemed investment of his or her Cash Deferral Account and Participant-Directed Matching Contribution Account among the investment funds offered under the Plan (“ Investment Funds ”) by complying with administrative procedures established by the Compensation Committee.  A Participant’s election shall specify the whole percentage of his or her Cash Deferral Account and Participant-Directed Matching Contribution Account deemed to be invested in an Investment Fund.  A Participant’s election shall remain in effect until a new election is made.  A Participant may change an election of Investment Funds or transfer existing Account balances among Investment Funds once per month by complying with the administrative procedures established by the Compensation Committee.  The Compensation Committee shall establish procedures to review the investment elections made by a Participant and shall retain the authority to override any investment election if it determines, in its sole discretion, that such an override is in the Company’s best interests.  In addition, any discretionary investments in or divestments of amounts deemed invested in Company Stock shall be subject to the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.
 
(ii)   Investment Funds .  The Company shall make available to each Participant literature summarizing the investment characteristics of each Investment Fund.
 
(iii)   Valuation of Participant Accounts .  Any increase or decrease in the fair market value of an Investment Fund shall be computed and credited to or deducted from the Cash Deferral Account or Participant-Directed Matching Contribution Account, as applicable, of all Participants who are deemed to have invested in the Investment Fund in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Compensation Committee.
 
(g)   Investment of Stock-Invested Matching Contribution Account .
 
(i)   The Stock-Invested Matching Contribution Account of each Participant shall be deemed to be invested in Common Stock.  Except as set forth herein, a Participant shall not be able to direct or invest amounts in his or her Stock-Invested Matching Contribution Account.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, a Participant who has been credited with three years of service, may direct the investment of his Stock-Invested Matching Contribution Account among the other Investment Funds offered under the Plan, and also may choose to re-invest any portion of their Stock-Invested Matching Contribution Account in Common Stock after previously investing it in the other available Investment Funds.
 
(ii)   Any increase or decrease in the fair market value of the common stock of the Company shall be computed and credited to or deducted from the Stock-Invested Matching Contribution Accounts of all of the Participants who are invested in the common stock of the Company in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Compensation Committee.
 
(h)   Investment of Deferred Stock Account .
 
            (i)    The Deferred Stock Account of each Participant shall be deemed to be invested in Common Stock.  A Participant shall not have the ability to direct or invest amounts in his or her Deferred Stock Account.
 
(ii)  Any increase or decrease in the fair market value of the common stock of the Company shall be computed and credited to or deducted from the Deferred Stock Accounts of all of the Participants who are invested in the common stock of the Company in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Compensation Committee.
 
4

(i)   Indemnity .  By electing to make contributions to this Plan,  each Participant hereby recognizes and agrees that the Company and any other individual responsible for administering the Plan (including the Company’s Secretary or any trustee responsible for holding assets under the Plan) are in no way responsible for the investment performance of the Participant’s Accounts.
 
(j)   Dividends on Company Stock .  Any dividends paid on that portion of a Participant’s Account that is deemed invested in Company Stock shall be treated as earnings hereunder, and, shall, in the manner determined by the Committee be credited to a Participant’s Account and remain deemed invested in Company Stock and shall be distributed in Company Stock.  With respect to Deferred PV Stock, such amount shall be credited with dividends at the target level in a manner similar to that provided under the terms of the LTIP.
 
6.   Vesting .
 
(a)   Cash Deferrals and Post-2007 Salary Matching Contributions .  A Participant shall always be 100% vested in his or her Cash Deferral Account and Post-2007 Salary Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 4(c) on or after January 1, 2007.
 
(b)   Pre-2007 Salary Matching Contributions .  A Participant shall be 40% vested in Pre-2007 Salary Matching Contributions made on his or her behalf under Section 4 after two years of employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (prior to such two-year period, no portion of the Pre-2007 Salary Matching Contributions shall be vested).  A Participant’s vested interest in Pre-2007 Salary Matching Contributions will increase by 20% per year of employment, so that he or she is 100% vested after five years of employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  A “year of employment” will be credited to a Participant for each 12 month period, beginning on his or her date of hire by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (and each anniversary thereof), during which he or she is continuously employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as determined in the Company’s sole discretion.
 
(c)   Bonus Stock and Deferred PV Stock .  Any Bonus Stock deferred under Section 3(b) and any Deferred PV Stock deferred under Section 2(c) shall be immediately 100% vested.
 
(d)   Deferred Incentive Shares .
 
(i)              Subject to Sections 6(d)(ii) through 6(d)(v), all Incentive Shares credited to a Participant’s Account will vest on the fourth anniversary of the date that the Bonus Stock with respect to which such Incentive Share relates (“ Underlying Stock ”) was granted to a Participant.
 
(ii)              If a Participant receives a distribution with respect to any share of Underlying Stock prior to the fourth anniversary of the grant date of the Underlying Stock in accordance with Section 7(a)(iv), the Incentive Shares that relates to such Underlying Stock will be immediately forfeited by such Participant.
 
5

(iii)              If a participant sells, assigns, exchanges, pledges, hypothecates or otherwise encumbers any of the Underlying Stock, the Incentive Shares that relate to such Underlying Stock will be immediately forfeited by such Participant.
 
(iv)              If, as determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, a Participant terminates employment with the Company due to death, disability or retirement under a qualified pension plan maintained by the Company (collectively referred to as a “ Qualified Termination ”), then the following percentage of Incentive Shares shall vest and all unvested shares shall be immediately forfeited:
 
(A)              25% if at least one but less than two years has elapsed since the grant date of the Underlying Stock.
 
(B)   50% if at least two but less than three years has elapsed since the grant date of the Underlying Stock.
 
(C)   75% if at least three but less than four years has elapsed since the grant date of the Underlying Stock.
 
(v)              If, as determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, a Participant’s service with the Company terminates for any reason other than a Qualified Termination, all unvested Incentive Shares shall immediately be forfeited.
 
(e)   (i)           Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, a Participant shall immediately be 100% vested in matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4 after a Change in Control, as defined below.
 
(ii)           A “ Change in Control ” shall mean a change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of the Current Report on Form 9-K as in effect on April 28,1998, pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Act ”), provided that, without limitation, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:
 
(A)   any “ Person ” (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act), other than:
 
(1)   the Company,
 
(2)   any Person who on the date hereof is a director or Participant of the Company, or
 
(3)   a trustee or fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company,
 
(B)   is or becomes the “beneficial owner,” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or
 
(C)   during any period of two consecutive years during the term of this Plan, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors at the beginning of the period; or
6

 
(D)   the shareholders of the Company approve:
 
(1)   a plan of complete liquidation of the Company; or
 
(2)   an agreement for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or
 
(3)    a merger, consolidation, or reorganization of the Company with or involving any other corporation, other than a merger, consolidation, or reorganization that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity, or an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation, or reorganization.
 
7.   Distribution of Deferred Compensation.
 
(a)   Distributions of Certain Amounts Following Fifth Anniversary .  For allocations to a Participant’s Cash Deferral Account and the vested portion of a Participant’s Deferred Stock Account only, during each calendar year, unless a Participant elects otherwise in accordance with Section 7(b), the amount contributed to each Account for each plan year plus any earnings and losses, shall be distributed on the first to occur of:
 
(i)              The first normal payroll date on or after the January 15 that occurs following the fifth anniversary of the end of year such amounts would have been paid to the Participant absent his or her deferral hereunder; or,
 
(ii)   The first normal payroll date on or after the date which is six months following the Participant’s termination of employment.
 
(b)               Election to Receive Certain Amounts at a Different Time.   Notwithstanding Section 7(a), a Participant may elects in writing as described in this Section 7(b) only to have amounts that would be distributed in accordance with Section 7(a) distributed at a different time.
 
(i)              With respect to amounts described in Section 7(a) that were earned and vested on or before December 31, 2004 (“ Grandfathered Amounts ”), the election must be made in writing by December 31 of the year which is two years’ prior to the date the Grandfathered Amounts would otherwise be distributed under the Plan.  A Participant may elect to receive his or her Grandfathered Amounts on either: (A) a subsequent date that is at least 24 months later than the date the amounts would otherwise be distributed hereunder, or (B) termination of employment.  A Participant is permitted to make subsequent deferrals under this Section 7(b)(i) provided that such subsequent elections satisfy the requirements in the previous sentence.  Notwithstanding any election under this Section 7(b), Grandfathered Amounts will be distributed by the end of the month following the Participant’s termination of employment if it occurs earlier.
 
7

(ii)   With respect to amounts described in Section 7(a) that were earned and vested on or after January 1, 2005 (“ Non-Grandfathered Amounts ”), the election must be made in writing by the later of (A) the date his or her election becomes irrevocable as described in Section 3, or (B) December 31, 2008 .   A Participant may elect to receive his or her Non-Grandfathered Amounts on either: (A) a subsequent date that is at least 24 months later than the date the amounts would otherwise be distributed hereunder, or (B) termination of employment.  A Participant is not permitted to make subsequent deferrals under this Section 7(b)(ii).  Notwithstanding any election under this Section 7(b)(ii), Non-Grandfathered Amounts will be distributed on the date that is six months following the Participant’s termination of employment if it occurs earlier.
 
(c)               Distributions of Matching Contributions .  Allocations of Grandfathered and Non-Grandfathered Amounts to a Participant’s Participant-Directed Matching Contribution Account and Stock-Invested Matching Contribution Account are distributable only following the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company and all of its subsidiaries for any reason, including retirement, death.  Distributions of Grandfathered Amounts shall be made by the end of the month following the month of the Participant’s termination of employment, and distributions of Non-Grandfathered Amounts shall be made on the date that is six months following the Participant’s termination of employment.
 
(d)               Distributions in the Event of an Unforeseeable Emergency .   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,   a Participant may elect to receive a distribution from his Cash Deferral Account and the vested portion of a Participant’s Deferred Stock Account in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency.  An Unforeseeable Emergency shall be defined in accordance with Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii) of the Code.  The distributed amount may not exceed the amount necessary to eliminate the Unforeseeable Emergency plus pay any applicable taxes.  To apply for an Unforeseeable Emergency distribution, a Participant must submit a written application to the Company’s Secretary indicating (A) the nature of the Unforeseeable Emergency, (B) the amount the Participant needs to alleviate the Unforeseeable Emergency, and (C) the Account from which a distribution, if approved, shall be made.  The determination of whether an Unforeseeable Emergency exists shall be made in accordance with the claims procedures in Section 12.  Amounts allocated to a Participant’s Participant-Directed Matching Contribution Account, Stock-Invested Matching Contribution Account and the unvested portion of a Participant’s Deferred Stock Account shall not be available for distribution under this Section 7(d).
 
(e)   Valuing Accounts for Distributions,   The value of each of the Accounts of a Participant shall be determined as of the effective date of a distribution from the Plan (the “ Valuation Date ”).  The value of the Accounts will be adjusted on the Valuation Date to reflect earnings, losses, dividends, stock splits, and previous withdrawals.  The relevant portion of each of the Accounts, as applicable, shall then be distributed in accordance with this Section 7.
 
(f)   Method of Distribution ,
 
      (i)             Subject to Sections 7(g) and 8, and unless elected otherwise under Section 7(f)(ii), all distributions from the Plan shall be made in a cash lump sum.
 
(ii)             For amounts payable upon termination of employment pursuant to any other sub-section of this Section 7, a Participant may elect to receive the distribution in five substantially equal annual installments in accordance with this Section 7(f)(ii).
 
(A)              With respect to Grandfathered Amounts, such election must be made by December 31 of the year before the year of a Participant’s termination of employment. This election shall continue in effect until changed by the Participant, provided that any such change shall be effective only if the Participant submits appropriate instructions, in accordance with administrative procedures established by the Company, on or before December 31 of the year prior to the year in which the Participant becomes entitled to a distribution.
 
8

(B)              With respect to Non-Grandfathered Amounts, such election must be made by the later of (i) the date the Participant makes his or her first deferral election under the Plan, or (ii) December 31, 2008.  This election is irrevocable.
 
(C)   If installment distributions are elected, the first installment shall be paid on or as soon as practicable following the January 15 immediately following the Participant’s termination from employment, and the others on or as soon as practicable following January 15 of the second, third, fourth and fifth years following such termination.  The Participant shall continue to direct the investment of any amount remaining in his or her Cash Deferral Account and Participant-Directed Matching Contribution Account and the second to fifth installments shall be adjusted to take into account any earnings, losses, stock splits or dividends.
 
(g)      Form of Distributions .  Regardless of the method of distribution required or elected under Section 7(f):
 
(ii)              Distributions from a Participant’s Cash Deferral Account, and either Matching Contribution Account shall be made in cash, unless elected otherwise under Section 7(g)(iii).
 
(iii)              Distributions of Bonus Stock and amounts allocated to a Participant’s Deferred Stock Account must be made in the form of whole shares of Common Stock in accordance with this Section.  No partial shares of Common Stock shall be distributed, and cash equal to the fair market value of such fractional Common Stock shall be distributed in lieu thereof.
 
(iv)              A Participant may elect to receive all or a portion of his or her distribution from his or her Base Salary Deferral Account or either Matching Contribution Account in Common Stock; provided that such election to receive Common Stock in lieu of cash shall be effective only if the Participant submits appropriate instructions, in accordance with administrative procedures established by the Company, on or before December 31 of the year prior to the year in which the  Participant becomes entitled to a distribution.
 
(v)              Any Common Stock distributable from this Plan in accordance with this Section 7(g) shall be made under and pursuant to the 2004 Stock Plan, or, as applicable, the 2007 Omnibus Plan or any successor plan(s) thereto as determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
(h)   Treatment of Unvested Portion of Participant’s Account .  Incentive Shares that are not vested at the time a Participant terminates employment shall be forfeited and may be used by the Company as determined in its sole discretion.
 
(i)   Small-Benefit Cash Out .  To the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if a Participant’s entire Account Balance (plus any amounts that would be aggregated with the Account Balance under Code Section 409A) is less than the amount specified in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code when such Participant terminates employment, his or her entire Account Balance will be paid in a single, cash lump sum six months following termination of employment.
 
9

8.               Transfers of Certain Amounts to the 401(k) Plan .  With respect to any Participant who is eligible for the 401(k) Plan,
 
(a)              The Company shall distribute from such Participant’s Base Salary deferred hereunder (but not Cash Bonuses), the maximum pre-tax amount that may be contributed to the 401(k) Plan by such Participant for such deferral year, and shall contribute such amount to the 401(k) Plan on behalf of such Participant in accordance with the limitations imposed by the Code.  Such amount shall not include any earnings on the Base Salary Deferrals, but shall be adjusted for any losses.
 
(b)              The Company shall contribute, from such Participant’s Post-2007 Matching Contributions an amount equal to the maximum amount such Participant could have been credited with matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan.  Such amount shall not include any earnings on the Base Salary Deferrals, but shall be adjusted for any losses.
 
(c)              The Company shall contribute both such amounts to the 401(k) Plan as soon as practicable after the calendar year to which the election relates, but not later than March 15 of the following calendar year.
 
9.               Distributions on Death; Designation of Beneficiary .  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant dies prior to receiving the entire balance of his or her Accounts, any balance remaining in his or her Accounts shall be paid in a cash lump sum only to the Participant’s designated beneficiary as soon as practicable after such Participant’s death, or if the Participant has not designated a beneficiary in writing to the Company’s Secretary, to such Participant’s  estate.  Any designation of beneficiary may be revoked or modified at any time by the Participant or his or her authorized designee.
 
10.   Unsecured Obligation of the Company.   The Company’s obligations to establish and maintain Accounts for each Participant and to make payments of deferred compensation to him or her under this Plan shall be the general unsecured obligations of the Company.  The Company shall be under no obligation to establish any separate fund, purchase any annuity contract, or in any other way make special provision or specifically earmark any funds for the payment of any amounts called for under this Plan, nor shall this Plan or any actions taken under or pursuant to this Plan be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, his or her designated beneficiary, executors or administrators, or any other person or entity.  If the Company chooses to establish such a fund or purchase such an annuity contract or make any other arrangement to provide for the payment of any amounts called for under this Plan, such fund contract or arrangement shall remain part of the general assets of the Company, and no person claiming benefits under this Plan shall have any right, title, or interest in or to any such fund, contract or arrangement.
 
11.   Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee.
 
(a)   The Compensation Committee shall be the named fiduciary for purposes of the claims procedure pursuant to Section 12 and shall have authority to act to the full extent of its absolute discretion to:
 
(ii)                 interpret the Plan;
 
(iii)       r esolve and determine all disputes or questions arising under the Plan subject to the provisions of Section 11, including the power to determine the rights of Participants and their beneficiaries (designated under Section 8), and their respective benefits, and to remedy any ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions in the Plan;
 

(iv)   create and revise rules and procedures for the administration of the Plan and prescribe such forms as may be required for Participants to make elections under, and otherwise participate in, the Plan; and
 
(v)   take any other actions and make any other determinations as it may deem necessary and proper for the administration of the Plan.
 
(b)   Any expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan will be paid by the Company or the Employer.
 
(c)   Except as the Compensation Committee may otherwise determine (and subject to the claims procedure set forth in Section 12), all decisions and determinations by the Compensation Committee shall be final and binding upon all Participants and their designated beneficiaries.
 
(d)   Neither the Secretary nor any member of the Compensation Committee shall participate in any matter involving any questions relating solely to his or her own participation or benefits under the Plan. The Compensation Committee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall be fully protected in any action or omission taken by it in good faith reliance upon the advice or opinion of any persons, firms or agents retained by it, including but not limited to accountants, actuaries, counsel and other specialists. Nothing in this Plan shall preclude the Company from indemnifying the Secretary or members of the Compensation Committee for all actions under this Plan, or from purchasing liability insurance to protect such persons with respect to the Plan.
 
(e)   With respect to Company Stock, in the event of any (a) stock split, reverse stock split, or stock dividend, or (b) extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, liquidation, spin-off, split-up or other similar change in corporate structure or capitalization or similar event, the number and kinds of shares payable hereunder shall be adjusted by the Company.  The determinations and adjustments made by the Committee under this Section shall be conclusive.
 
12.               Claims Procedure .  The Company  shall administer a claims procedure as follows:
 
(a)   Initial Claim .  A Participant or his or her beneficiary who believes that he or she is entitled to benefits under the Plan (the “ Claimant ”), or the Claimant’s authorized representative acting on behalf of such Claimant, must make a claim for those benefits by submitting a written notification of his or her claim of right to such benefits.  Such notification must be on the form and in accordance with the procedures established by the Company.  No benefit shall be paid under the Plan until a proper claim for benefits has been submitted.
 
(b)   Procedure for Review .  The Compensation Committee shall establish administrative processes and safeguards to ensure that all claims for benefits are reviewed in accordance with the Plan document and that, where appropriate, Plan provisions have been applied consistently to similarly situated Claimants.  Any notification to a Claimant required hereunder may be provided in writing or by electronic media, provided that any electronic notification shall comply with the applicable standards imposed under 29 C.F.R. §2520.104b-1(c).
 
10

(c)   Claim Denial Procedure .  If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Compensation Committee shall notify the Claimant within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 90 days after receipt of the claim, unless the Compensation Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim.  If the Compensation Committee determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 180 days from receipt of the claim.  The extension notice shall indicate: (i) the special circumstances necessitating the extension and (ii) the date by which the Compensation Committee expects to render a benefit determination.  A benefit denial notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall set forth:  (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) the specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, with reasons therefor, and (iv) the procedure for reviewing the denial of the claim   and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a legal action under section 502(a) of Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) following an adverse benefit determination on review.
 
(d)   Appeal Procedure .  In the case of an adverse benefit determination, the Claimant   or his or her representative shall have the opportunity to appeal to the Compensation Committee for review thereof by requesting such review in writing to the Board within 60 days of receipt of notification of the denial.  Failure to submit a proper application for appeal within such 60 day period will cause such claim to be permanently denied.  The Claimant   or his or her representative shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim.  A document, record or other information shall be deemed “relevant” to a claim in accordance with 29 C.F.R. §2560.503-1(m)(8).  The Claimant or his or her representative shall also be provided the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim for benefits.  The Board shall review the appeal taking into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant or his or her representative relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
 
(e)   Decision on Appeal .  The Board shall notify a Claimant of its decision on appeal within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 60 days after receipt of the Claimant’s request for review, unless the Compensation Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the appeal.  If the Compensation Committee determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate: (i) the special circumstances necessitating the extension and (ii) the date by which the Compensation Committee expects to render a benefit determination.  An adverse benefit decision on appeal shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall set forth:  (i) the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) the specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim (the relevance of a document, record or other information will be determined in accordance with 29 C.F.R. §2560-1(m)(8)) and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a legal action under section 502(a) of ERISA.
 
(f)   Litigation .  In order to operate and administer the claims procedure in a timely and efficient manner, any Claimant whose appeal with respect to a claim for benefits has been denied, and who wants to commence a legal action with respect to such claim, must commence such action in a court of competent jurisdiction within 90 days of receipt of notification of such denial.  Failure to file such action by the prescribed time will forever bar the commencement of such action.
 
(g)   Disputes; Enforcement of Rights .  All reasonable legal and other fees and expenses incurred by the Claimant in connection with any disputed claim regarding any right or benefit provided for in this Plan shall be paid by the Company, to the extent permitted by law, provided that the Claimant prevails on the merits of his or her claim in material part as the result of litigation, arbitration or settlement.
 
11

13.   Delay .  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, distributions to Participants shall be delayed if (a) the ability of the Company to remain a going concern is jeopardized, (b) it is necessary to comply with applicable law, or (c) prior to a Change in Control only, to the extent necessary to ensure deduction under Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
14.                   Acceleration to Pay Employment Taxes .  To the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, distributions under the Plan may be accelerated to the extent required to pay employment taxes, as permitted by the Compensation Committee.
 
15.   Top Hat and Non-Qualified Status .  This Plan is intended to be a top-hat plan within the meaning of ERISA.  The Plan is an unfunded plan for purposes of ERISA and the Code and is not qualified under section 401(a) of the Code.
 
16.   Withholding of Taxes .  The rights of a Participant (and his or her beneficiaries) to payments under this Plan shall be subject to the Company’s obligations at any time to withhold from such payments any income or other tax on such payments.
 
17.   Assignability .  No portion of a Participant’s Account(s) may be assigned or transferred in any manner, nor shall any of the Accounts be subject to anticipation, voluntary alienation or involuntary alienation.
 
18.   Amendments and Termination .  This Plan may be amended by a the Compensation Committee of the Board.  This Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board.  No amendment or termination may adversely affect a Participant’s Accounts existing on the date such amendment or termination is made, nor any election previously made under the Plan as to deferrals for the calendar year in which the amendment or termination occurs.
 
19.   Effective Date; Section 409A.   The Plan was originally effective with respect to a Participant’s  Bonus Stock or Cash Compensation earned after August 30, 1994.  This restatement is effective with respect to a Participant’s deferrals made on or after January 1, 2008, except to the extent required by Section 409A, when such changes shall be effective as of the date required by Section 409A (generally, January 1, 2005).  The Plan is intended to satisfy Code Section 409A and all of the official guidance promulgated thereunder.  To the extent a provision in the Plan is inconsistent with Code Section 409A, such provisions shall be deemed amended to comply with Code Section 409A, to avoid the application of the penalty tax and interest provided thereunder.
 

 
 
12

 

EXHIBIT 10.19




WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS











PLAN DOCUMENT


As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008


K:\EDGAR\2009\10K\Exhibit 10.19 - Directors NQDC Plan Restatement.doc

 
1

 

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008)


 
The Board of Directors of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby adopts the West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors, as amended and restated (the “Plan”), effective May 27, 1999, except as otherwise provided herein.  The Plan was formerly known as The West Company, Incorporated Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors.  The purpose of the Plan is to defer the receipt of all or a portion of the Directors’ Fees payable to the Company’s Eligible Directors.
 
The Plan also provides for the crediting, using a separate account, of stock equivalents (the “Stock Equivalents”) that (i) are awarded to a Director under the West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. Stock-Equivalents Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the “Stock-Equivalents Plan”), (ii) were credited to the Director pursuant to the conversion of the Director’s benefit under the Company’s Retirement Plan for Non-Employee Directors under the terms of the Stock-Equivalents Plan, or (iii) were awarded as Stock Units under the Company’s 2004 Stock-Based Compensation Plan (the “2004 Stock Plan”) or any predecessor or successor plan thereto designated by the Board.
 
Finally, the Plan provides for the crediting of Deferred Stock awarded under the Company’s 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2007 Omnibus Plan”) or any predecessor or successor plan thereto designated by the Board.
 
___________________________________
 
1.  
Eligible Directors .  Duly elected members of the Board of Directors of the Company (“Directors”) eligible to participate in this Plan shall be those Directors who are not officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries as defined in section 425 (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
2.  
Deferrable Compensation .  An Eligible Director may elect to defer all or any part or none of the compensation payable to such Eligible Director by the Company for services rendered as a director (“Directors’ Fees”).
 
3.  
Crediting of Stock Equivalents .  An Eligible Director shall also be credited with any Stock Equivalents awarded or credited to the Director under the Stock-Equivalents Plan and Stock Units credited under the 2004 Stock Plan, in accordance with the terms and conditions contained therein.
 
4.  
Crediting of Deferred Stock .  An Eligible Director shall also be credited with any Deferred Stock awarded to the Director under the 2007 Omnibus Plan, or any successor plan thereto, in accordance with the terms and conditions contained therein.
 
5.  
Election to Defer .
 
a)  
An Eligible Director who desires to defer payment of his or her Directors’ Fees in any calendar year shall notify the Company’s Secretary in writing on or before December 31 of the prior year, stating how much of his or her Directors’ Fees shall be deferred.  Except as provided in Sections 5(b) or 5(c), an election so made shall be irrevocable and shall apply to payments made in each calendar year thereafter until the Director shall, on or before December 31, notify the Company’s Secretary in writing that a different election shall apply to the following calendar years.  Any such election shall likewise continue in effect until similarly changed.
 
2

b)  
By notifying the Company in writing, an Eligible Director may cancel (but not postpone) his or her deferral election, if either the Eligible Director experiences an “unforeseeable emergency” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.  Future elections to defer are subject to Section 5(a).
 
c)  
An Eligible Director may cancel (but not postpone) his or her deferral election, if he or she experiences a Disability, provided that the Eligible Director notifies the Company in writing by the later of the date that is 2½ months following the date such Director incurred a Disability or the end of the calendar year containing the year in which the Director incurred a Disability.  For purposes of this Section 5(c), a “Disability” is any medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the service provider’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.
 
6.  
Non-Deferred Compensation .  Any Directors’ Fees that are not deferred under this Plan shall be paid in line with normal Company policy.
 
7.  
Deferred Compensation Accounts .
 
a)  
Credits . At the time that a Director makes an election to defer under Paragraph 5 above, the Director shall also indicate whether the amount he or she chooses to defer shall be credited to an “A” Account or to a “B” Account, as described below.  The Company shall then establish such an Account for that Director.  The Company shall also establish a “C” Account for purposes of crediting Stock Equivalents awarded or credited under the Stock-Equivalents Plan and Stock Units awarded under the 2004 Stock Plan and a “D” Account for purposes of crediting Deferred Stock awarded.
 
i)  
“A” Account .  If a Director elects an “A” Account, his or her account shall be credited on the last business day of each calendar quarter with the amount of his or her Directors’ Fees earned during that quarter but deferred pursuant to Paragraph 5.
 
ii)  
“B” Account . If a Director elects a “B” Account, his or her account shall be credited on the last business day of each calendar quarter with a number of Stock Equivalents equal to that number (including fractions) obtained by dividing the amount of his or her Directors’ Fees earned during that quarter but deferred under Paragraph 5, by the Fair Market Value of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”) on the last business day of such calendar quarter.
 
3

iii)  
“C” Account . A Director’s “C” Account shall be credited, from time to time, with the Stock Equivalents, if any, that are awarded to the Director under the Stock-Equivalents Plan and Stock Units, if any, that are awarded to the Director under the 2004 Stock Plan.
 
iv)  
“D” Account .  A Director’s “D” Account shall be credited, from time to time, with Deferred Stock, if any, that are awarded under the 2007 Omnibus Plan.
 
v)  
Fair Market Value ” (for all purposes of this Plan) shall mean the reported closing asked price of the Common Stock on the date in question on the principal national securities exchange on which it is then listed or admitted to trading.  If no reported sale of Common Stock takes place on the date in question on the principal exchange, then the reported closing asked price of the Common Stock on such date on the principal exchange shall be determinative of “Fair Market Value.”
 
vi)  
Grandfathering of Pre-2005 Amounts .  Each “A,” “B,” and “C” Account shall be divided into separate book accounts to reflect (I) amounts earned and vested on or before December 31, 2004 and the earnings credited thereon (“Grandfathered Amounts”), and (II) amounts earned and vested on or after January 1, 2005 and the earnings credited thereon (“Grandfathered Amounts”)
 
b)  
Earnings . In addition, the Company shall credit the indicated Account as follows:
 
i)  
“A” Account .  As of January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year, the Company shall credit, as earnings to each “A” Account established on behalf of a Director, an amount equal to a percentage of the balance in each such “A” Account at the end of the preceding calendar quarter, determined without regard to any additions made to such “A” Account as of the last business day of that calendar quarter.  Such percentage shall be equal to one-fourth of the prime rate of interest at the Company’s principal commercial bank in effect on the last day of such quarter.
 
ii)  
“B” Account . As of January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year, the Company shall credit as earnings to each “B” Account, an additional number of Stock Equivalents.  Effective January 1, 2009, the number of additional Stock Equivalents to be credited shall be determined by dividing the dividends paid during the preceding calendar quarter with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Stock Equivalents in the “B” Account on the relevant dividend record dates, by the Fair Market Value of the on the such dividend record date.
 
iii)  
“C” Account . As of January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year, the Company shall credit as earnings to each “C” Account an additional number of Stock Equivalents.  Effective January 1, 2009, the number of additional Stock Equivalents to be credited shall be determined by dividing the dividends paid during the preceding calendar quarter with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Stock Equivalents in the “C” Account on the relevant dividend record dates, by the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on such dividend record date.
 
4

iv)  
“D” Account . As of January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year, the Company shall credit as earnings to each “D” Account an additional number of shares of Deferred Stock.  Effective January 1, 2009, the number of additional shares of Deferred Stock to be credited shall be determined by dividing the dividends paid during the preceding calendar quarter with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Stock Equivalents in the “D” Account on the relevant dividend record dates, by the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the such dividend record date.
 
8.  
Adjustments .  In the event of any change in the Common Stock, the value and attributes of each Stock Equivalent shall be appropriately adjusted consistent with such change to the same extent as if such Stock Equivalents were instead, issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.  A change referred to in this Paragraph includes, without limitation, a stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares, or rights offering to purchase Common Stock at a price substantially below fair market value, or any similar change affecting the Common Stock
 
9.  
Payment of Deferred Compensation .  The balance in a Director’s Account shall be determined on the first day of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which he or she ceases to be a Director of the Company, whether by reason of death, resignation, removal, failure of re-election, or otherwise (“Termination Date”).
 
a)  
Balances of each Account shall be determined as follows:
 
i)  
The balance in a Director’s “A” Account shall be the dollar amount credited to such Account as of the Termination Date.
 
ii)  
The balance in a Director’s “B” and “C” Accounts shall be the dollar amount that would be derived if shares of Common Stock equal in number to the Stock Equivalents credited to such Account as of the Termination Date were sold at Fair Market Value on the Termination Date.
 
iii)  
The balance in a Director’s “D” Account shall be the number of shares of Deferred Stock credited to such Account as of the Termination Date (inclusive of additional shares credited due to dividends payable under Section 7).
 
b)  
Subject to a Director’s election to receive his or her distribution in an alternate form and method as permitted pursuant to Section 9(c), a Director shall receive the balance in each of his or her Accounts in ten equal installments.  The first installment shall be paid on the January 15 immediately following the Termination Date, and the others shall be paid on January 15 of the second through tenth years following the Termination Date.  With respect to amounts credited to a Director’s “B” and “C” Account as of such Director’s Termination Date, the second through tenth installments shall be increased by earnings that would have been credited to the remaining balance if it had been held in an “A” Account during the year.  The shares credited to the Director’s “D” Account upon his Termination shall only be increased to reflect dividends paid on the underlying Deferred Stock under Section 5(b).
 
5

c)  
A Director may make an election to receive a distribution of his or her Accounts in lump sum or other annual installment form to the extent permitted by this Section 9(c),
 
i)  
With respect to Grandfathered Amounts, a Director may make an election to receive a single, lump sum payment of the balance in a Director’s Accounts.  Such lump sum election is revocable, but must be made no later than December 31 of the year before the year of a Director’s Termination Date.
 
ii)  
With respect to Non-Grandfathered Amounts, a Director may make an irrevocable election to receive either (I) a single, lump sum payment of the balance in a Director’s Accounts or (II) annual installments for a period between two and nine years, which shall be payable in the same amount and in the same time and manner described in Section 9(b).  Such election must be made on or before the later of (a) December 31, 2008, or (b) the date a Director submits his initial deferral and form of payment election for participation in the Plan, which date shall be no later than 30 days following the Director’s initial eligibility to participate in the Plan.
 
iii)  
If the Director makes a lump sum election pursuant to Section 9(c)(i) for Grandfathered Amounts or 9(c)(ii) for Non-Grandfathered Amounts, (I) the balance in a Director’s “A” Account, “B” Account and “C” Account, as determined above, shall be paid to him or her in cash in a lump sum payable during the month following the Termination Date (or January 15, 2009, if later), and (II) the balance in a Director’s “D” Account, as determined above, shall be paid to him or her by the issuance of shares of Common Stock plus cash equal to the fair market value of any partial shares of Deferred Stock credited to such Director’s “D” Account during the month following the Termination Date (or January 15, 2009, if later).
 
10.  
Designation of Beneficiary .  If a Director dies before receiving the entire balance of his or her Accounts, any balance remaining in the Accounts shall be paid in a lump sum to the Director’s designated beneficiary.  If the Director has not designated a beneficiary in writing to the Company’s Secretary, then the balance shall be paid to the Director’s estate.  Any designation of beneficiary may be revoked or modified at any time by the Director.
 
11.  
Unsecured Obligation of Company . The Company’s obligations to establish and maintain Accounts for each electing Eligible Director and to make payments of deferred compensation to such Eligible Director under this Plan shall be the general unsecured obligations of the Company.  The Company shall have no obligation to establish any separate fund, purchase any annuity contract or in any other way make special provision or specially earmark any funds for the payment of any amounts called for under this Plan.  Neither this Plan nor any actions taken under or pursuant to this Plan shall be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Eligible Director, his or her designated beneficiary, executors or administrators, or any other person or entity.  If the Company chooses to establish such a fund or purchase such an annuity contract or make any other arrangement to provide for the payment of any amounts called for under this Plan, such fund, contract or arrangement shall remain part of the general assets of the Company.  No person claiming benefits under this Plan shall have any right, title, or interest in or to any such fund, contract or arrangement.
 
6

12.  
Withholding of Taxes . The rights of a Director to payments under this Plan shall be subject to the Company’s obligations, if any, to withhold from such payments all applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes.
 
13.  
Non-Assignability . Except as described in Paragraph 10, no portion of a Director’s Account may be assigned or transferred in any manner, and no Account shall be subject to anticipation or to voluntary or involuntary alienation.
 
14.  
Amendments and Termination .
 
a)  
The Plan may be amended at any time by the entire Board of Directors or by a Committee of the Board of Directors consisting only of Directors not eligible to defer compensation under the Plan.  The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that no amendment may be made without:
 
i)  
the appropriate approval of the Company’s shareholders if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or other regulatory requirement, including any shareholder approval required as a condition to the exemptive relief under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”); or
 
ii)  
the Director’s consent, if such amendment would adversely impair or affect any rights or obligations of the Director under the Plan.
 
b)  
Prior Shareholder and Eligible Director Approval . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Board may amend the Plan without the consent of Eligible Directors or shareholders to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 issued under the Exchange Act, or any successor rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
15.  
Restatement Effective Date . The Plan as amended and restated herein shall be effective with respect to Director’s Fees, Stock Equivalents, Stock Units and Deferred Stock payable on or after January 1, 2008, except to the extent required to have an earlier effective date pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
 


 
 
7

 

EXHIBIT 10.41



2008 Deferred Stock Award


 

 
 
May 28, 2008
 
 2008 Deferred Stock Award for:
 
[DIRECTOR]
 

                                                                                          Grant Date: May 6, 2008
                                                                 Deferred Stock Awarded: 2,100 Shares
                             Grant Date Fair Market Value:     $95,991.00


This notice confirms the grant of 2,100 shares of Deferred Stock by the Company on May 6, 2008.

This grant of Deferred Stock awarded to you will vest on May 6, 2009 (or upon your retirement, if earlier) and is granted under and is subject to the terms and conditions specified in the West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan.  This grant is also subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors, as amended, and the accompanying grant documentation.

Enclosed with this award letter is an information packet that contains a Summary of Key Terms, which you should read carefully.

The Participant Information Statement, which contains additional information about the Plan, including the U.S. federal tax consequences of awards based on the state of the law at the time of the grant was previously distributed.  We strongly suggest that you consult a qualified financial or tax advisor.

   Very truly yours,

   /s/John R. Gailey

                                 John R. Gailey III
        Secretary

Enclosures



 
 

 

2008 Deferred Stock Award


Summary of Key Terms (Excerpted from Participant Information Statement) for
Director Deferred Stock Awards

1.  
Crediting of Deferred Stock.   All Deferred Stock will be credited to your account under the Company’s Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors, as amended (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) and will be considered “Deferred Stock” for all purposes under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
2.  
Crediting of Dividend Equivalents .  Each calendar quarter, the Company will credit to your account an additional number of shares of Deferred Stock.  The number of shares to be credited is determined by dividing the dividends paid in respect of the number of shares Deferred Stock held in your account on the relevant dividend record date by the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the last business day of the previous calendar quarter.
 
3.  
Adjustments . The value and attributes of each share of Deferred Stock held in your account will be appropriately adjusted consistent with any change in the Company’s common stock, including a change resulting from a stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, or combination or exchange of shares.
 
4.  
Payment Upon Termination .  Distribution of your Deferred Stock will occur only upon your termination of service as a director.  In the event of a termination of service, your Deferred Stock will be distributed as shares of stock (plus cash for any partial shares credited to your account) in accordance with the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan.  The number of shares of Deferred Stock that you are entitled to receive will be determined on your termination date.
 
5.  
Incorporation of Plans .  This Award is subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan and the Deferred Compensation Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference, and in the event of any contradiction, distinction or differences between this summary and the terms of the plan documents, the plan documents will control.
 

 

 
 

 


EXHIBIT 10.52
 
AMENDMENT #2 TO LETTER AGREEMENT
 
THIS AMENDMENT #2 (the “Amendment”) TO THE LETTER AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of December 7, 1999 between West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (the “Company”) and Robert S. Hargesheimer(the “Executive”).
 
Background
 
At a meeting of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) on December 11, 2007, the Board approved amendments to the Executive’s Agreement to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  The change required by Code Section 409A are effective as of January 1, 2005, to the extent required by applicable regulations.
 
Agreement
 
In consideration of the foregoing, the Company and the Executive intending to be legally bound agree as follow:
 
Section 2(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following to the end thereof.
 
“The severance compensation payable under this Section 2(a)shall be delayed six months, and the first six months installments shall be paid in a single lump sum, but only to the extent such severance compensation is in excess of the amount described in Section 1.409A-1(a)(9)(iii) of the Final Treasury Regulations (the ‘Safe Harbor Amount’), or any successor provision or applicable guidance issued thereunder, and only to the extent required by Section 409A and the applicable guidance thereunder.  For avoidance of doubt, any amount less than the Safe Harbor Amount shall be distributable without delay due to the foregoing sentence.”
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Amendment as of the date written below.
 
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:                                                                           WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.
 

 
/s/ Robert S. Hargesheimer                                                                               /s/ Richard D. Luzzi
Robert S. Hargesheimer                                                                                   Richard D. Luzzi
                             Vice President, Human Resources

DATED:  ___________________________                                            DATED:  __________________________________

K:\EDGAR\2009\10K\Exhibit 10.52 - Hargesheimer Letter Agreement Amendment.doc  v. 2


 
 

 

                                                                                                                                                     
                               
                     
EXHIBIT 12.1
 
                               
                                        West Pharmacetical Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                                                                Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
             
                               
                               
(in millions, except ratio amounts)
 
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
EARNINGS:
                             
Income before income taxes and minority interests
    109.5     $ 86.4     $ 84.5     $ 61.4     $ 42.4  
Add:
                                       
     Fixed charges
    22.3       19.9       17.2       17.9       12.1  
Less:
                                       
     Capitalized interest
    (2.6 )     (1.9 )     (0.7 )     (0.6 )     (1.3 )
Adjusted earnings
  $  129.2     $ 104.4     $ 101.0     $ 78.7     $ 53.2  
                                         
FIXED CHARGES:
                                       
Interest expense
    18.6     $ 16.4     $ 13.4     $ 14.7     $ 9.8  
One-third of rent expense
    3.7       3.5       3.8       3.2       2.3  
Total fixed charges
  $ 22.3     $ 19.9     $ 17.2     $ 17.9     $ 12.1  
                                         
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    5.79       5.25       5.88       4.39       4.39  
                                         

 
 

 





Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

 
State/County of Incorporation
 
Stock Ownership
   
           
West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc
Pennsylvania
 
Parent Co.
   
Tech Group North America, Inc.
Arizona
    100.0  
%
West Pharmaceutical Services Lakewood, Inc.
Delaware
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Canovanas, Inc.
Delaware
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Vega Alta, Inc.
Delaware
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services of Delaware, Inc.
Delaware
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Delaware Acquisition, Inc.
Delaware
    100.0    
West Analytical Laboratories LLC
Delaware
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services of Florida, Inc.
Florida
    100.0    
Tech Group Grand Rapids, Inc.
Michigan
    100.0    
Citation Plastics Co.
New Jersey
    100.0    
Medimop USA, LLC
Ohio
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Argentina S.A.
Argentina
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Australia Pty. Ltd.
Australia
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Brasil LTDA.
Brasil
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Packaging (China) Company Ltd.
China
    50.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Shanghai Medical Rubber Products Co., Ltd.
China
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Colombia S.A.
Colombia
    98.2  
(a)
West Pharmaceutical Services Holding Danmark ApS
Denmark
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Danmark A/S
Denmark
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Finance Danmark ApS
Denmark
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Limited Danmark A/S
Denmark
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Group Limited
England
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Cornwall Limited.
England
    100.0    
Plasmec Public Limited Company
England
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Lewes Limited.
England
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Dublin, Limited.
England
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services France S.A.
France
    99.9  
(b)
West Pharmaceutical Services Holding France SAS
France
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Holding GmbH
Germany
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Verwaltungs GmbH
Germany
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Deutschland GmbH Co KG
Germany
    100.0    
Tech Group Europe Limited
Ireland
    100.0    
Medimop Medical Projects (North), Ltd.
Israel
    100.0    
Medimop Medical Projects Ltd.
Israel
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Italia S.r.L.
Italy
    100.0    
Tech Group de Mexico SRL de CV
Mexico
    100.0    
(mfg) Tech Group Puerto Rico, Inc.
Puerto Rico
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Beograd
Serbia
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Singapore Pte. Ltd
Singapore
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Hispania S.A.
Spain
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Venezuela C.A.
Venezuela
    100.0    
W.P.S.F. Limited
England
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Packaging India Private Limited
India
    100.0    
West Pharmaceutical Services Singapore (Holding) Pte. Limited
Singapore
    100.0    
             
(a) 1.55% is held in treasury by West Pharmaceutical Services Colombia S.A.
   
(b) In addition, .01% is owned directly by 8 individual shareholders who are officers of the Company
   


 
 

 



Exhibit 23


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Forms S-3 (Registration Nos. 333-128438, 333-88358,333-133863, 333-141130 and 333-145186) and Forms S-8 (Registration Nos. 333-106977,333-115175, 333-143129, 333-143437 and 333-156492) of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. of our report dated February 26, 2009 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Philadelphia, PA
February 26, 2009

 
 

 



Exhibit 24


POWER OF ATTORNEY




The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints Donald E. Morel, Jr. and John R. Gailey III, and each of them, as his attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf and in his capacity as a director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and to file, the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and all amendments, exhibits and supplements thereto.




Date:                       February 24, 2009                                                                  /s/ Thomas W. Hofmann
                                                   Thomas W. Hofmann










 



POWER OF ATTORNEY




The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints Donald E. Morel, Jr. and John R. Gailey III, and each of them, as his attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf and in his capacity as a director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and to file, the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and all amendments, exhibits and supplements thereto.




Date:                       February 24, 2009                                                                  /s/ L. Robert Johnson
                                                                                  L. Robert Johnson



 
 

 



POWER OF ATTORNEY




The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints Donald E. Morel, Jr. and John R. Gailey III, and each of them, as her attorneys-in-fact to sign on her behalf and in her capacity as a director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and to file, the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and all amendments, exhibits and supplements thereto.




Date:                       February 24, 2009                                                                  /s/ Paula A. Johnson
                                                                                              Paula A. Johnson


 
 

 



POWER OF ATTORNEY




The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints Donald E. Morel, Jr. and John R. Gailey III, and each of them, as his attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf and in his capacity as a director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and to file, the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and all amendments, exhibits and supplements thereto.




Date:                       February 24, 2009                                                                  /s/ John P. Neafsey
                                                                                                                              John P. Neafsey

 
 

 



POWER OF ATTORNEY




The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints Donald E. Morel, Jr. and John R. Gailey III, and each of them, as his attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf and in his capacity as a director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and to file, the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and all amendments, exhibits and supplements thereto.




Date:                       February 24, 2009                                                                  /s/ John H. Weiland
                                                                                                                              John H. Weiland



 
 

 



POWER OF ATTORNEY




The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints Donald E. Morel, Jr. and John R. Gailey III, and each of them, as his attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf and in his capacity as a director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and to file, the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and all amendments, exhibits and supplements thereto.




Date:                       February 24, 2009                                                                  /s/ Anthony Welters
                                                                                                                             Anthony Welters



 
 

 



POWER OF ATTORNEY




The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints Donald E. Morel, Jr. and John R. Gailey III, and each of them, as his attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf and in his capacity as a director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and to file, the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and all amendments, exhibits and supplements thereto.




Date:                       February 24, 2009                                                                  /s/ Geoffrey F. Worden
                                                                                                                              Geoffrey F. Worden


 
 

 



POWER OF ATTORNEY




The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints Donald E. Morel, Jr. and John R. Gailey III, and each of them, as his attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf and in his capacity as a director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and to file, the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and all amendments, exhibits and supplements thereto.




Date:                       February 24, 2009                                                                  /s/ Robert C. Young, M.D.
                                                                                                                              Robert C. Young, M.D.






 
 

 



POWER OF ATTORNEY




The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints Donald E. Morel, Jr. and John R. Gailey III, and each of them, as his attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf and in his capacity as a director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and to file, the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and all amendments, exhibits and supplements thereto.




Date:                       February 24, 2009                                                                  /s/ Patrick J. Zenner
                              Patrick J. Zenner



 
 

 



EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION

I, Donald E. Morel, Jr., Ph.D., certify that:

 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.;

 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.




/s/ Donald E. Morel, Jr., Ph.D.
Donald E. Morel, Jr., Ph.D.
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 26, 2009

 
 

 



EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, William J. Federici, certify that:

 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.;

 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.




/s/ William J.   Federici
William J. Federici
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date:  February 26, 2009

 
 

 



EXHIBIT 32.1






CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002



In connection with the Annual Report of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Donald E. Morel, Jr., Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.




/s/ Donald E. Morel, Jr., Ph.D.
Donald E. Morel, Jr., Ph.D.
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer


February 26, 2009



 
 

 



EXHIBIT 32.2






CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002



In connection with the Annual Report of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, William, J. Federici, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.




/s/ William J. Federici
William J. Federici
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


February 26, 2009